The URL can be used to link to this page

Report (20) 's 1soi- O00Uzs -4ki 0o SLS COSCO Fire Protection �0 IIOH t1O l l i/c Srift'r} Sp��f irrli�t,5 � Fire Protection Material Tigard Self-Storage Tigard, Oregon COSCO Fire Protection Inc. Job # 24PCO242 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 ::: ::: COSCO •:::::.* Fire Protection f tit' • i e & Fi• ttings COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 State Pipe & Supply, Inc. THIS INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED ON ASTM GUIDELINES FOR WELDED PIPE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASTM REQUIREMENTS. ACTUAL PIPE AND MATERIAL TEST REPORTS PROVIDED WOULD MEET OR EXCEED THESE GUIDELINES. TEST REPORTS WOULD PROVIDE SPECIFIC AND ACTUAL DETAILS CONCERNING THE MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE ACTUAL PIPE,AS WELL AS ADDITIONAL TESTS RESULTS REQUIRED BY ASTM. SCHEDULE 10 -`*Black and Galvanized Steel ERW Pipe Pipe Size Test Pressure Nominal O.D. I.D. Weight/Foot psi 1" 1.315 1.097 1.410 700 1-1/4" 1.660 1.442 1.810 1200 1-1/2" 1.900 1.682 2.090 1200 2" 2.375 2.157 2.640 2300 2-1/2" 2.875 2.635 3.530 2500 3" 3.500 3.260 4.340 1290 4" 4.500 4.260 5.620 1000 5" 5.563 5.295 7.780 1010 60 6.625 6.357 9.300 1020 EV** 8.625 8.249 16.960 780 **8"wall thickness is 0.188,not SCH10 or 0 148"wall thickness. COMPOSITION AND PROPERTIES Chemical and mechanical properties requirements are as prescribed by applicable ASTM standards edition January 2006. Chemical Requirements,Percent(Product) C Mn P S Other Specification Grade max max max max ASTM A53 A 0.250 0.950 0.05 0.045 - 1 Residual elements max:Cu-0.40,Ni-0.40,Cr-0.40:Mo-0 15 and V-.08. These live elements combined shall not exceed 1%. Mechanical Properties-Tensile Requirements Strength-psi. Yield Tensile Specification Grade Min Max Min Max ASTM A53 A 30,000 - 48,000 - NOTE: Elongation requirements vary with nominal area of test specimen and specified minimum tensile strength of the steel grade 9615 S. Norwalk Blvd.,Santa Fe Springs,CA 90670 (562)695-5555 FAX: (562)692-1054 www.statepipe.com State Pipe & Supply, Inc. THIS INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED ON ASTM GUIDELINES FOR WELDED PIPE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASTM REQUIREMENTS. ACTUAL PIPE AND MATERIAL TEST REPORTS PROVIDED WOULD MEET OR EXCEED THESE GUIDELINES. TEST REPORTS WOULD PROVIDE SPECIFIC AND ACTUAL DETAILS CONCERNING THE MECHANICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF THE ACTUAL PIPE,AS WELL AS ADDITIONAL TESTS RESULTS REQUIRED BY ASTM. SCHEDULE 40 Black and Galvanized Steel ERW Pipe Pipe Size Test Pressure Nominal O.D. I.D. Weight!Foot psi 1" 1.315 1.049 1.680 700 1-1/4" 1 660 1 380 2 270 1200 1-1/2" 1.900 1.610 2.720 1200 2" 2.375 2.067 3.660 2300 2-112" 2.875 2.469 5.800 2500 3" 3.500 3.068 7.580 2220 4" 4.500 4.026 10.800 1900 5" 5.563 5.047 14.630 1670 6" 6.625 6.065 18.990 1520 8" 8.625 7.981 28.580 1340 COMPOSITION AND PROPERTIES Chemical and mechanical properties requirements are as prescribed by applicable ASTM standards edition January 2006. Chemical Requirements,Percent(Product) C Mn P S Other Specification Grade max max max max ASTM A53 A 0.250 0.950 0.05 0.045 1 Residual elements max'Cu-0.40,Ni-0.40,Cr-0.40,Mo-0.15 and V-.08 These live elements combined shall not exceed 1%. Mechanical Properties-Tensile Requirements Strencth-psi. Yield Tensile Specification Grade Min _ Max Min Max ASTM A53 A 30,000 - 48,000 - NOTE: Elongation requirements vary with nominal area of test specimen and specified minimum tensile strength of the steel grade. 9615 S. Norwalk Blvd., Santa Fe Springs,CA 90670 (562)695-5555 FAX: (562)692-1054 www.statepipe.com In A O ....ST .PIPE - TZs QQI TS .G 10.60 ® VdS FireLock EZ'' Rigid Coupling ` ` 's LPcg SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM,VdS, LPCB) The FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings are rigid, installation-ready couplings for y fire protection pipe joining.The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, insures consis- 7. tent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT LOP } FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. PATENTED STYLE 009 LISTINGS/APPROVALS tt.§ The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Pipe Size Pressure Rating-psi Pipe Size Pressure Rating-psi Pipe Size Pressure Rating-psi Sch. Inches w4 U FM S UL ULC FM 5 11/4-2 175 175 175 EZT 11/4-2 300 300 300 MT 11/4-2 300 300 300 10,40 11/4-4 300 300 300 FF 1'/4-4 300 300 300 MLT 1'/4-2 300 300 300 BLT 1'/4-2 300 300 300 FLF 11/4-4 N/A N/A 300 ST 1 V4-2 N/A N/A 300 DF 1'/4-4 300 300 300 FLT 1'/4-2 N/A N/A 300 STF 1'/4-4 N/A N/A 300 DT 11/4-2 300 300 300 FLTL 11/4-2 N/A N/A 300 TF 2'/4-4 N/A N/A 300 EF 1'4-4 175 175 175 GL 1'/4-2 300 300 300 WLS 1'/4-2 300 300 300 EL 11/4-2 300 300 300 G5 11/4-2 175 175 175 WST 11/4-2 175 175 175 ET40 1'/4-2 300 300 300 G7 1'/4-2 300 300 300 XL 11/4-2 300 300 300 EZF 3-4 300 300 300 MF 11/4-4 300 300 300 STYLE 009V LISTINGS/APPROVALS t$§ Pipe Schedule Size Pressure Nominal Size Inches mm VdS LPC UL FM § 76.1 mm — 16 Bar 16Bar 232 psi 232 psi 1'/4-4,76.1mm 16 Bar 16 Bar 32-100 232 psi 232 psi 11/4 16 Bar 20.7 Bar 32 232 psi 300 psi 11/2 16Bar 20.7 Bar 40 232 psi 300 psi 10,40 2 — _ 16Bar 20.7 Bar 50 232 psi 300 psi 3 16 Bar 20.7 Bar 232 psi 300 psi 4 16 Bar 20.7 Bar 100 232 psi 300 psi t Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems(>-40°F/-40°C).For rigid pipe connections in systems operating below 0°F/-18°C Victaulic recommends Style 005 FireLock rigid couplings with Grade"L°silicone gaskets. #Please refer to the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook(I-100)for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. §Style 009V couplings are VdS and LPC approved to 16 Bar/232 psi for wet and dry fire protection systems. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com - . _- -■ _. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.60 FireLork EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM, VdS, LPCB) STYLE 009 DIMENSIONS Max. Max. Allow. Work. End Pipe End @ Bolt/Nut Aprx. Size Press.* Load* Sep.t No.-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgt.Ea. Pre-assembled < Y 1a-Z-> Nominal (Stab in I� Size " condition) Joint Assembl I �..7 Lbs. .Ar kPa X I V X Y kg �j: �. `"1rA 1'/a 1.660 300 649 010 3 3.13 4.93 2.86 4.83 1.93 1.5 r7‘.---a----, ,`1� �:. r �� 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 2-/e x 2 80 125 73 123 49 0.7 \\ /7 11111 11/2 1.900 300 851 0.10 2-3/8 x 2 3.38 5.16 3.11 5.07 1.86 1.7 40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 86 131 79 129 47 0.8 STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 2 3/4 x 21/2 3.88 5.81 3.59 5.68 1.86 1.9 (STAB IN CONDITION) 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 99 148 91 144 47 0.9 21/2 2.875 300 1948 0.12 2-3/8 x 21/2 4.38 6.21 4.08 6.10 1.87 2.0 4 Y r 14-Z-1 65 73.0 2068 8668 3.05 111 158 104 155 48 0.9 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 2-3/e x 2'/z 5.06 6.68 4.73 6.43 1.90 4.3 ., 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 129 170 120 163 48 2.0 1 X � `t' 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 2 3/e x 2'/z 6.46 8.64 6.00 8.34 2.10 2.3 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 164 220 152 212 53 1.0 *@ t Refer to notes below. STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED STYLE 009V DIMENSIONS Max. Max. Allow. Work. End Pipe End @ Bolt/Nut 11pi.:. Size Press.* Load* Sep.t No.-Size Dlnxensions . Inches/mm Wgt.Ea. -INT Actu ' e..assembled Y > 1.4-Z>I Nominal Outside (Stab in Size Dia ". ,, ,,," � condition) Joint Assembled Inches Inches psi Lbs. Inches 1 Lbs. ■� . mm mm kPa N mm Inches X Y x . Z,_..:... k iii ...,„/ .r I ...*�� ...,� a., g � ►"0� 1 Ya 1.660 300 649 0.10 3.14 4.84 2 85 4.65 1.91 1.6 �J, �� d�1 2-M10 x 57 \ `�� 1 32 42.4 2068 2888 2.54 80 123 72 118 49 0.7 \`�� / Yz 1.900 300 851 0.10 2-M10 x 57 3.34 5.06 3.13 4.85 1.92 1.7 40 48.3 2068 3787 2.54 85 129 80 123 49 0.8 STYLE 009 PRE-ASSEMBLED 2 2.375 300 1329 0.12 2-M10 x 64 3.91 5.66 3.61 5.47 1.94 2.1 (STAB IN CONDITION) 50 60.3 2068 5914 3.05 99 144 92 139 49 0.9 3.000 300 1948 0.12 4.57 6.46 4.17 6.18 1.96 2.3 76.1 mm 2-M10 x64 4 Y >I r_Z-> 76.1 2068 8668 3.05 116 164 106 157 50 1.1 3 3.500 300 2886 0.12 5.15 7.12 4.73 6.67 1.94 2.6 2-M10 x64 \ , 80 88.9 2068 12842 3.05 131 181 120 169 49 1.2 ■r r.� is '�'I.' ' 4 4.500 300 4771 0.17 6.39 8.74 6.05 8.46 2.11 4.6 J. r 100 114.3 2068 21230 4.32 2-M10 x 64 162 222 154 215 54 2.1 * Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads, based on STYLE 009 JOINT ASSEMBLED standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.See pages 3 and 4 of this document for Listed/Approved ratings on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown. f The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZ couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. www.victaulic.com _ , . IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.60 FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM,VdS, LPCB) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: • Orange enamel(North America) • Red enamel (Europe) Optional Coatings: • Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: • Grade"E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited,and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air)sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. www.victaulic.com IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE—FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS I • FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling STYLE 009 (UL, FM) STYLE 009V(UL, FM,VdS, LPCB) GENERAL NOTES NOTE:When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the"QV EZ"marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V couplings. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. • NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. III IND I III I III IIIIIIIIIII II II I II II WCAS-78KHHG For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com ,n cn new u I Hammen m MOWN ..__ , ____&AMR 5.TM,,PIPE.-,51109,31ED_.PQVP R 06.08 Reducing Coupling 0 ® 0 (yds) LPCB 313 VNIIPO SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting,the Style 750 features a special reducing Me gasket for pressure responsive sealing.A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. i ,ztiziP%.. "11111011 71,..i.w., , i ' UN I ! . IMI Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15,is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): • Grade"E"EPDM(All other sizes) EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range—30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range—20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over+150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over+140°F/+60°C. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are U. w services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. • Optional:Assembly Washer:Galvanized,carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com _ i, _ _ _. CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 DIMENSIONS Max.Work Allow.Pipe Bolt/Nut@ Approx. Size Pressure* Max.End Load* End Sep.t Deflect.Fr.Cc No-Size Dimensions-Inches/mm Wgt.Each ominat, et` Pipe Size psi Lbs. Cplg. In./Ft. Lbs. nches/mm kPa N Ince'/`mm Deg. mm/m Inches ' X Y Z kg 2 x 1 350 500 0-0.07 0° 5T 0.20 2-3/8 x 2 338 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 25 2410 2225 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2 11/2 350 1000 0-0.070.20 338 5.28 1.88 2.0 40 2410 4450 0-1,8 0°-57' 17 2-3/8 x 2 85 134 48 1.0 21/2 2 500 2215 0-0.07 0.16 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1 _ 65 x 50 3450 9850 0-1.8 0 -47 14 2-3/8 x 2 102 151 48 1.4 76.1 mm x 2 350 1550 0-0.070.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 0 -47 14 2 '/z x 2 3k 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 350 1550 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9 80 x 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 0°-39' 11 2-'/z x 2 3/a 121 181 48 2.2 21/2 500 3250 0-0.070.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1.8 0°-39' 17 2-'/2 x 2 3/a 121 181 48 2.0 88.9 mm x 76.1 mm 350 2275 0-0.07 0°-39' 0.13 2-%z x 2'/a 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2 2410 10125 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 350 1550 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 225 8.1 100 x 50 2410 6900 0-3.2 1°-19' 25 2-5/8 x 3'/4 159 226 57 3.7 2'% 350 2275 0-0.131°-19' 0.28 2-5/8 x 3'/4 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 65 2410 10125 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0-0.130.28 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 80 3450 21400 0-3.2 1°-19' 25 2-5/8 x 3'/4 152 226 57 3.0 350 2475 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 114.3mm x 76.1mm 2410 11014 0-32 1°-19' 25 2-5/8x394 159 226 57 3.1 5 x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 1• 3, 0.22 2_3/4 x 4'/a 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2 125 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 19 182 272 54 5.1 6 x 4 350 5565 0-0.13 0. 52, 0'18 2-3/4 x 4Y4 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7 150 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0-0.130°-52, 0.18 2-3/4541A 831 11.90 225 12.9 125 2410 37825 0-3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 165.1 mm x 4 350 5565 0-0.130°-55' 0.19 2- x 41/4 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9 8 6 350 12000 0-0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 x 150 2410 53400 0-3.2 0 -38 11 2-7/8 x 5 275 378 64 10.2 350 1625 0-0.13 0.13 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 2410 0-3.2 0°-38' 11 2-7/8x5 273 378 64 105 10 8 350 20450 0-0.13 0.9 13.12 17.26 2.62 314 273 x 219.1 2410 0-3.2 0°-25' 8 2-1x5'h 333 438 67 14.2 Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps(#60)in systems where a vacuum may be developed.Contact Victaulic for details. *Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe.Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size.WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:50%for 3/4-31/2720-90 mm;25%for 47100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. Y 1 4-Z-)1 . Y > i`-Z1 I�� \im IIS 1� �. �� ir 1731 � ` u N.4.70 ,- l 11 ``� Hyl www.victaulic.com . /, . CAPON STEEL. PIPE_,GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 P lacing Coupling STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables.All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING MIIIMIIIEII Equiv.Pipe Size Length Nominal Nominal Size 1 Sm.Dia.', Size Sm.Dia. Inches/mm I Feet/m ,' i Inches/mm Feet/m 2 1 59 1 2 2.7 50 x 25 1.8 25 x 50 0.8 11 2.0 11/2 2 1.9 40 0.6 40 x 50 0.6 21h 2 1.9 2 21/2 1.0 65 x 50 0.6 50 x 65 0.3 76.1 mm x 50 06 76.1 mm �0 3 2 5.5 3 3.5 80 x 50 1.7 80 1.1 2' 3.8 4 3.0 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1mm 12 65 x 80 0.8 4 2 6.0 4 3.0 100 x 50 18 100 0.9 21/2 65 6_g 76.1mm x 88.9mm �$ 80 3 6.8 114.3mm 0.9 114.3mm x 76.1mm 1.8 gp x 100 08 5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3 125 x 100 0.9 100 x 125 1.0 6 4 6.0 6 4.6 150 x 100 1.8 150 1.4 125 L4 165.1 mm 1 4 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 165.1 mm x 100 1.8 125 x 150 0.7 8 6 7.3 6 8 6.0 200 x 150 2.2 150 x 200 1.8 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 223 165.1 mm x 219.1 mm 1.565 10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3 273 x 219.1 2.65 219.1 x 273 19.2 aft www.victaulic.com _ CARBON STEEL PIPE-GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.08 Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 1111111101111111111111111111111111111111 WCAS-6UPKD7 For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com s. CARpON STEEL PIPE—GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 Flexible Coupling ® ® Vds LPCB SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS vrmro STYLE 75 Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade"EHP"or"T"gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes,the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping • e ea N `\ ,�"N systems using Grade"EHP"or"T"gaskets.Contact Victaulic for further details. - V Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15,is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) • Grade"E"EPDM EPDM(Green color code).Temperature range—30°F to+230°FJ-34°C to+110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids,oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold+86°F/+30°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. • Grade"T"nitrile Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range—20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range;except hot,dry air over+1407/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com _ j. __ -. CARBON STEEL PIPE- GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 DIMENSIONS Max.Work Allow.Pipe Bolt/Nut@ Approx. Size Pressure* Max.End Load* End Sep.t Deflect.Fr.Crt No-Size Dnnensions Inches/mm Wgt.Each A�, 'Outs'= Size Diameter `Pipe Inches ` Inches I In. Cpt.. In./Ft. mm mm I Deg. mm/m Inches X I Y Z k 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.060.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 2'-43' 48 2-3/8 x 2 61 108 45 0.6 1 Y4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.060.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 2°-10 '/8 2- x 2 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 38 68 117 45 0.6 11/2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.060.40 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 483 3450 6320 0-1.6 1°-56' 33 2-'/x x 2 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.060.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 1°-31' 26 2-3/8 x 2 87 133 48 0.8 21/2 2.875 500 3245 0-0.060.26 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 1 -15 22 2-3/8)(2 98 144 48 0.9 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 0.26 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 mm 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 1 -12 22 2-'/s x 2 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.061.-2, 0.22 2-Yzx2/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 114 178 48 1.3 3% 4.000 500 6300 0-0.060.19 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 0°-54' 16 2-1/2x 23/4 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.130.34 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 1°-36' 28 2-1/2x 23/4 147 204 54 1.9 4250 450 6380 0-0.13 0.35 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 mm 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 1°-41' 29 2-12 x 70.0 141 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.131•-26, 0.25 2_s/e x 3'/4 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.131 _18' 0.27 2-s/ex3Y4 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 0.28 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 mm 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 r-21 24 2-16 x 82.5 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 1°-18' 0'28 2-5/8 x 3'/a 6.80 959 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24173 244 54 2.9 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 1°-12' 0.21 2_s/e x 3'b 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 mm 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.131. 5, 0.23 2_s/e x 3'/e 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 203 281 54 3.2 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 0.24 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 mm 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 1 -9 20 2-16 x 825. 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.130.18 10.34 13.97 2.32 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 0'-50' 14 2-3+x4'/4 263 355 59 5.6 * Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and externa(4eads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact VictaulicTor performance on other pipe. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 1/2 times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe.Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by:50%for 3/4-31/2720-90 mm;25%for 4"/100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. jai 1111. 0 ii L1 1,' frill www.victaulic.com - , CARBON STEEL PIPE—GROOVED COUPLINGS 0 • Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com / 1 „t„G 161,11 Ori,.. mrstren I — — IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.04 VICTAULIC" IS AN ISO9001 CERTIFIED COMPANY Style 744 FireLock® Flange Adapter 3PIus with Vic-PlusTM Gasket System Gaet System PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Style 744 FireLock Flange adapter is designed for directly incorporating flanged components with ANSI CL. 125 or CL. 150 bolt hole patterns into a grooved pipe system. Sizes 2 - 8"(50 - 200 mm) are hinged for easy handling with integral end tabs which facilitate assembly. lir '^„ The design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D.to prevent rotation. L s Because of the outside flange dimension, FireLock Flange adapters should not be used on FireLock fittings. When wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to - „I; assure proper clearance. FireLock Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points for tie-rods across nonrestrained joints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc., require the use of a FireLock Flange washer. 2-8"Sizes FireLock Flange adapters with Vic-Plus gaskets do not require lubrication. The gasket must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. 44 4... Style 744 FireLock Flange Adapters with the Vic-Plus TM Gasket System are designed and IMORth recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. .f.; '. i ,..., Vic-Plus Gasket System: II= Victaulic' now offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems. The Vic- �� Plusm System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and Ii ��, eliminates the mess and chance of over-lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (I-100)for supplemental lubrication requirements. 17// ®® ono See Victaulic (Exaggerated for clarity) publication 10.01 for details. DIMENSIONS Style 744 Sealing Sizes 2-8"(50-200 mm) Surface Dimensions ANSI Class 125 and 150 Flange ___ Pipe Size Max. Max. Inches/mm Inches/millimeters Aprx. Actual Work End Wgt. Nominal Outside Press.* Load* No. Bolt Each Z Diameter Diameter PSI Lbs. Bolts t Size 4 "A" "B" Lbs. III In.lmm In.lmm kPa N Req'd. Inches Max. Min. W X Y Z kg 0�®O, 50 260 35 1200 3450 4 5/e X 23/4 5 775 2608 3.41 172 152 12 5 0195 2.7 1,2 �� '� Y W 21/2 2.875 175 1135 4 5/e X 3 2.88 3.91 7.88 7.00 5.50 0.88 4.2 *�� 111 65 73,0 1200 5050 73 99 200 178 140 22 1,9 I 3 3.500 175 1685 s 3.50 4.53 8.44 7.50 6.00 0.94 4.8 I•® 80 88,9 1200 7500 4 /e X 3 89 115 214 191 152 24 2,2 4 4.500 175 2780s 4.50 5.53 9.94 9.00 7.50 0.94 7.1 100 114,3 1200 11045 8 /v X 3 114 141 252 229 191 24 3,2 Note:Gray area of mating face must 5 5.563 175 4250 5.56 6.71 11.00 10.00 8.50 1.00 8.3 be free from gouges,undulations or 125 141,3 1200 18920 8 3/4 X 31/2 141 171 279 254 216 25 3,8 deformities of any type for effective sealing. 6 150 668?33 1 00 5 175 2 640 9.3 8 3/4 X 3'/z 030 6.63 7.78 168 198 123000 15 2790 9.2�0 11 200 5 4,2 . 8B 8.625 175 10219 8.63 9.94 14.63 13.50 11.75 1.13 13.9 200 219,1 1200 45475 8 /4 X 3/z 219 252 372 343 298 29 6,3 'Refer to notes below. /Total bolts required to be supplied by installer.Bolt sizes for conventional flange-to-flange connection.Larger bolts are required when Vic-Flange adapter is utilized with wafer-type valves. #Not available with Vic-Plus gasket system.Lubrication is required. NOTES 'Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1Ytimesthe figures shown. Style 744 FireLock Flange adapters provide rigid joints when used on pipe with standard roll or cut groove dimensions and consequently allow no linear or angular movement at the joint. WARNING:Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install,remove,or adjust any Victaulic piping products. ®REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC-®COPYRIGHT 2004 VICTAULIC-PRINTED IN U.S.A. 1477 REV D Victaulic Company of America• Phone:1-800-PICK-VIC 11-800-742-5842) • Fax:610-250-8817 •e-mail:pickvic@victaulic.com Victaulic Company of Canada• Phone:905-884-7444• Fax:905-884-9774 •e-mail:viccanada@victaulic.com Victaulic Europe• Phone:32.9-381.1500•Fax:32.9-380-4438•e-mail:viceurowvictaulic.be Victaulic America Latina• Phone:610-559-3300• Fax:610-559-3608•e-mail:vicalwictaulic.com jctaulic® Victaulic Asia Pacific • Phone:65-6235-3035 • Fax:65-6235-0535•e-mail:vicapwictaulic.com 10.04 VIC-FLANGE ADAPTER NOTES I The Style 744 (2 -8750- 200 mm) design incorporates small teeth inside the key shoulder I.D.to prevent rotation. 2 FireLock Flange adapter should not be used on FireLock fittings. When wafer or lug-type valves are used adjoining a Victaulic fitting, check disc dimensions to assure proper clearance. 3 FireLock Flange adapters should not be used as anchor points fortie-rods across nonrestrainedjoints. Mating rubber faced flanges, valves, etc. require the use of a Fire Lock Flange washer. 4 Area A-B noted in the above drawing must be free from gouges, undulations or deformities of any type for effective sealing. 5 FireLock Flange adapter gaskets must always be assembled with the color coded lip on the pipe and the other lip facing the mating flange. s Flange Washers: FireLock Flange adapters require a smooth hard surface atthe mating flange face for effective sealing. Some applications for which the Vic-Flange adapter is otherwise well suited do not provide an adequate mating surface. In such cases,itis recommended that a metal Flange Washer be inserted between the FireLock Flange adapter and the mating flange to provide the necessary sealing surface. Typical applications where a Flange Washer should be used are: A When mating to a serrated flange: a standard flat flange gasket should be used adjacentto the serrated flange and then the Flange Washer is inserted between the FireLock Flange adapter and the flange gasket. e When mating to a wafer valve:where typical valves are rubber lined and partially rubberfaced (smooth or not),the Flange Washer is placed between the valve and the FireLock Flange adapter. e When mating a rubber faced flange:the Flange Washer is placed between the FireLock Flange adapters and the rubber faced flange. D When mating AWWA cast flanges to IPS flanges:the Flange Washer is placed between two FireLock Flanges. The hinge points must be oriented approximately 90°to each other. If one flange is not a FireLock Flange adapter(e.g.flanged valve),then a standard flat flange gasket must be placed adjacentto that flange and the Flange Washer inserted between the flange gasket and the FireLock Flange adapter. E When mating to components (valves, strainers, etc.) where the component flange face has an insert: follow the same arrangement as in Application 1. F When mating to a Series 705-W Butterfly valve, Style 744 may only be used on one side of the connection. When ordering Flange Washers,always specify product style(Style 744)and size to assure proper Range Washer is supplied. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Flange Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coating: Black enamel • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Bolts/Nuts: Supplied by installer Gasket: • Grade"E"EPDM-Type A Vic-Plus Gasket System A (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Ap- proved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated work- ing pressure using the Grade"E"Type A Vic-Plus Gasket System,requiring no field lubrication for most installation conditions. A Standard gasket approved for dry pipe systems to-40°F(-40°C).Based on"typical"pipe surface conditions,supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below 0°F(-18°C)and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to airtests priorto being filled with water.Supplemental lubrication may also be rquired on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks atthe weld seams. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Company.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. 2 Style 744 FireLock® Flange Adapter IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS ,,., 10.03 FireLock® Fittings 0 ® ® `PCB wds VNIIPO See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details FireLock®products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design,affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings.A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. • FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic IPS-sized couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. 1111 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: • Orange enamel. • Red Enamel in EMEA-I. • Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com _ ___■ _. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10,03 FireLock® Fittings . . ...-.._............. DIMENSIONS 1.-ctoEiC '�to E I p CtoE 0 0 C I p ,��✓�� f 0--4- to E 7 Yf t+ � ee NO.001 NO.003 NO.002 NO.006 No.001 No.003 No.002 No.006 Size 90°Elbow 45°Elbow Straight Tee Cap Nominal Actual 'Approx. rex. �A rox. PP Size Outside Diameter '� eight Each C to E� ,r" " , ' o E t Each Thic ss"T" 'Weight Each Inches Inches Inches Lbs. Inches; Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 13/4 1.660 0.8 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - - - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21/2 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 1.0 76 1.6 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 - - 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 - - 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 108 mm 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - - 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 159 mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 - - 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 . www.victaulic.com IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings FLOW DATA Frictional Resistance Size Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe t Actual No'.Otf2 Nominal I Outside Elbows Straight Tee Size Diameter Inches Inches No.001 No.003 mm mm 90'Elbow 45'Elbow Branch Run 11/4 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 1.5 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 1/2 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 108 mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 t The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. w. lig www.victaulic.com - f. _ _ _. _. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCT 0.03 FireLock® Fittings • GENERAL NOTES NOTE:When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009/009V/009H couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the"QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. • For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com •n ns 1ren PEW I nnn.ven"MAI _� Ductile ron Threaded 1 n ,, ,, ,.. .r. : ,,,,„,, ,, ,,....,, ..... *.4 - _... ...,„, ,:, ...,..„,,,, � ',:„,;',V;17: 3f, �ir5< je * �4 Ar,, { ..64., j� ltw �Fp �{ *c ,. -.., v ate=._ µ ' fi'3# # o .(an t gg dry. "r v �'. INTERNATIONAL SMITFL, COOPE I'�® INTERNATIONAL Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings Specifications • The CI branded Ductile Iron threaded fittings are UL Listed and FM Approved at 500 psi • Rated to 300 WSP • Ductile Iron castings conform to ASTM A536 C US • Fitting dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 LISTED • Bushings and plugs conform to ASME B16.14 • Fittings are 100% air tested APPROVED • NPT threads on all fittings conform to ASME B1.20.1 • Independent lab verification that fittings meet applicable chemical &physical properties • Manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001 Temperature Working Pressure, Nonshock PSIG Degrees F 300# Class Threaded Fittings -20 to 100 500 150 500 200 480 250 460 300 440 350 420 400 400 450 380 500 360 550 340 600 320 650 300 X ;.., ( Ductile Iron Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM I Y.), tt 111,1'.; C ® US ®► Fig. 35E 3-90°Elbow LISTED ° A Size A Packing Weight Part Number IN IN Inner Master LB ri',4 1/2 35E 3004 1.13 100 200 0.2 ' 3/4 1 35E 3006 1.31 70 140 0.3 • ' A 35E 3010 1.50 40 80 0.5 �; 1-1/4 35E 3012 1.75 25 50 0.8 1-1/2 35E 3014 1.94 18 36 1.1 2 35E 3020 2.25 10 20 1.8 2-1/2 35E 3024 2.70 4 8 3.2 Fig. 35RE3-90°Reducing Elbow gill B Sizekomp- A B Packing Weight IN Part Number IN IN Inner Master LB 3/4 x 1/2 35RE3006004 1.20 1.22 80 160 0.3 I�111 1 x 1/2 35RE3010004 1.26 1.36 70 140 0.4 A 1 x 3/4 35RE3010006 1.38 1.45 50 100 0.4 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RE3012004 1.34 1.53 35 70 0.5 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RE3012006 1.45 1.63 35 70 0.6 1-1/4 x 1 35RE3012010 1.58 1.67 30 60 0.7 1-1/2 x 1/2 35RE3014004 1.52 1.75 30 60 0.6 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RE3014006 1.52 1.75 25 50 0.7 1-1/2 x 1 35RE3014010 1.65 1.80 20 40 0.8 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 35RE3014012 1.82 1.88 18 36 1.0 2 x 1/2 35RE3020004 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 3/4 35RE3020006 1.60 1.97 18 36 1.0 2 x 1 35RE3020010 1.73 2.02 16 32 1.2 2 x 1-1/4 35RE3020012 1.90 2.10 12 24 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 35RE3020014 2.02 2.16 10 20 1.5 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 35RE3024014 2.16 2.51 6 12 2.2 2-1/2 x 2 35RE3024020 2.39 2.60 6 12 2.5 Fig. 35F 3-45°Elbow Size Part Number A Packing Weight q IN IN Inner Master LB 1/2 35F 3004 0.88 150 300 0.2 3/4 35F 3006 0.98 80 160 0.3 \ -\ 1 35F 3010 1.13 40 80 0.5 1-1/4 35F 3012 1.29 25 50 0.7 1-1/2 35F 3014 1.44 20 40 1.0 �i IA 2 35F 3020 1.69 10 20 1.6 2-1/2 35F 3024 1.95 4 8 2.7 Fig. 35T 3- Tee Size Part Number A Packing Weight IN IN Inner Master LB wte1/2 35T 3004 1.13 80 160 0.3 IA all 314 1 35T 3006 1.31 30 60 0.5 -Ill:ll: 35T 3010 1.50 25 50 0.7 ..�� 1-1/4 351 3012 1.75 10 20 1.1 A IA 1-1/2 35T 3014 1.94 10 20 1.5 2 35T 3020 2.25 6 12 2.4 2-1/2 35T 3024 2.70 4 8 4.3 SMPI II-COOPER INTERNAI`IONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com 1 Ductile Iron Fittings - Class 300 gUL/FM I (1u:cn nu.; c ® uS APPROVED Fig. 35RT3-Reducing Tee LISTED Size part Number A B C Packing Weight 0i IN IN IN IN Inner Master LB i C 3/4 x 1/2 35RT3006004 1.20 1.20 1.22 60 120 0.4 1 x 1/2 35RT3010004 1.26 1.26 1.36 30 60 (__ii - - 1 x 1/2 x 1 35RT3010004010 1. 0.6 50 1.36 1.50 30 60 0.6 1 x 3/4 35RT3010006 1.38 1.38 1.45 25 50 0.6 ( B )1 A 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 35R13010006006 1.38 1.31 1.45 35 70 0.6 1x3/4x1 35RT3010006010 1.50 1.45 1.50 25 50 0.7 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RT3012004 1.34 1.34 1.53 20 40 0.8 1-1/4 x 1/2 x 1-1/4 35RT3012004012 1.75 1.53 1.75 25 50 0.9 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RT3012006 1.45 1.45 1.62 15 30 0.9 1-1/4 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3012006012 1.75 1.62 1.75 20 40 1.0 1-1/4 x 1 35RT3012010 1.58 1.58 1.67 15 30 1.0 1-1/4 x 1 x 1/2 35RT3012010004 1.34 1.26 1.53 25 50 0.7 1-1/4 x 1 x 3/4 35RT3012010006 1.45 1.38 1.63 20 40 0.8 1-1/4 x 1 x 1 35RT3012010010 1.58 1.50 1.69 20 40 0.9 1-1/4 x 1 x 1-1/4 35RT3012010012 1.75 1.69 1.75 15 30 1.0 1-1/2 x 1/2 35RT3014004 1.41 1.41 1.66 16 32 1.0 1-1/2 x 1/2 x 1-1/4 35RT3014004012 1.81 1.56 1.88 24 48 1.1 1-1/2 x 1/2 x 1-1/2 35RT3014004014 1.94 1.66 1.94 12 24 1.2 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RT3014006 1.52 1.52 1.75 16 32 1.1 1-1/2 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3014006012 1.94 1.66 1.88 20 40 1.1 1-1/2 x 3/4 x 1-1/2 35RT3014006014 1.94 1.75 1.94 18 36 1.2 1-1/2 x 1 35RT3014010 1.65 1.65 1.80 12 24 1.2 1-1/2 x 1 x 1/2 35RT3014010004 1.44 1.25 1.69 20 40 0.8 1-1/2 x 1 x 3/4 35RT3014010006 1.50 1.44 1.75 16 32 0.9 1-1/2 x 1 x 1 35RT3014010010 1.65 1.50 1.80 16 32 1.0 1-1/2 x 1 x 1-1/4 35RT3014010012 1.82 1.67 1.88 12 24 1.2 D 1-1/2 x 1 x 1-1/2 35RT3014010014 1.94 1.80 1.94 12 24 1.3 U 1-1/2x1-1/4 35RT3014012 1.82 1.82 1.88 12 24 1.4 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1/2 35RT3014012004 1.41 1.34 1.66 16 32 0.9 C 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RT3014012006 1.52 1.45 1.75 16 32 1.0 'r 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1 35RT3014012010 1.65 1.58 1.80 16 32 1.1 ' 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 35RT3014012012 1.82 1.75 1.88 14 28 1.3 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 35RT3014012014 1.94 1.88 1.94 14 28 1.4 L 2 x 1/2 35RT3020004 1.49 1.49 1.88 10 20 1.5 E 2 x 3/4 35RT3020006 1.60 1.60 1.97 10 20 1.6 2 x 1 35RT3020010 1.73 1.73 2.02 8 16 1.7 2 x 1 x 2 35RT3020010020 2.25 2.02 2.25 8 16 1.9 2 x 1-1/4 35RT3020012 1.90 1.90 2.10 8 16 1.9 2 x 1-1/4 x 2 35RT3020012020 2.25 2.10 2.25 8 16 2.0 2 x 1-1/2 35RT3020014 2.02 2.02 2.16 8 16 2.1 2 x 1-1/2 x 1/2 35RT3020014004 1.49 1.41 1.88 10 20 1.3 2 x 1-1/2 x 3/4 35RT3020014006 1.60 1.52 1.97 10 20 1.4 2 x 1-1/2 x 1 35RT3020014010 1.73 1.65 2.02 8 16 1.5 2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 35RT3020014012 1.90 1.82 2.10 8 16 1.7 2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 35RT3020014014 2.02 1.94 2.16 8 16 1.8 Fig. 35BT3-Bull Head Tee Size Part Number A B C Packing Weight mm; I C IN IN IN IN Inner Master LB 3/4 x 1 35BT3006010 1.45 1.45 1.37 30 60 0.6 1 x 1-1/4 35BT3010012 1.67 1.67 1.58 20 40 0.9 --� ' 1 x 1-1/2 35BT3010014 1.80 1.80 1.65 15 30 1.0 A''�B 111/1111 17. 1-1/4 x 1 x 1-1/2 35BT3012010014 1.88 1.80 1.82 15 30 1.2 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 35BT3012014 1.88 1.88 1.82 15 30 1.3 1-1/4 x 2 35813012020 2.10 2.10 1.90 10 20 1.6 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 2 35BT3014012020 2.16 2.10 2.02 10 20 1.8 1-1/2 x 2 35BT3014020 2.16 2.16 2.02 8 16 1.8 SMM11T11-COOPER INTERNATIONAL° • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com Ductile Iron Fittings - Class 300 UL/FM f J c ® us 411> LISTED APPROVED A li11Fig. 35CP3-Straight Coupling with Ribs Size Part Number A Packing Weight '�"'�� IN IN Inner Master LB 0 0.1 al _ 1/2 35CP3004 1.38 200 400 3/4 35CP3006 1.63 100 200 0.2 1 35C P3010 1.75 60 120 0.4 1-1/4 35CP3012 2.00 35 70 0.5 1-1/2 35CP3014 2.19 25 50 0.7 2 35CP3020 2.62 15 30 1.2 2-1/2 35CP3024 3.00 9 18 2.2 Fig. 35RC3-Hex Reducing Coupling Size Part Number A Packing Weight -- -,-. ,k---/ IN IN Inner Master LB 0 A 1 x 1/2 35RC3010004 1.69 80 160 0.3 1 x 3/4 35RC3010006 1.69 60 120 0.4 1-1/4 x 3/4 35RC3012006 2.06 40 80 0.6 HA _ 2 x 1 (not hex) 35RC3020010 2.81 20 40 1.0 Fig. 35HB3-Hex Bushing Size Part Number A Packing Weight B IN IN Inner Master LB i ) 1 x 1/2 35HB3010004 1.06 180 360 0.2 ��I iA 1 x 3/4 35HB3010006 1.06 180 360 0.1 1-1/4 x 1 35HB3012010 1.19 90 180 0.2 romor 1-1/2 x 1 35HB3014010 1.25 75 150 0.4 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 35HB3014012 1.25 75 150 0.3 2 x 1 35HB3020010 1.38 40 80 0.6 2 x 1-1/4 35HB3020012 1.38 40 80 0.6 t 2 x 1-1/2 35HB3020014 1.38 40 80 0.6 fe Fig. 35SP3-Square Head Plug Size Part Number A Packing Weight 1 IN IN Inner Master LB it 1/2 35SP3004 0.94 600 1200 0.07 �R�.-� 3/4 35SP3006 1.12 350 700 0.1 JA 1 35SP3010 1.25 200 400 0.1 Ilk 1 401 1111 , 1-1/4 35SP3012 1.37 100 200 0.3 1-1/2 35SP3014 1.44 80 160 0.4 2 35SP3020 1.50 45 90 0.6 Fig. 35U 3-Union with Brass Seat A Size Part Number A Packing Weight ti'. IN IN Inner Master LB I 1 35U 3010 2.19 20 40 1.0 y _h�I��I 1-1/4 35U 3012 2.50 15 30 1.2 1-1/2 35U 3014 2.62 10 20 1.7 ` .1.1.1 2 35U 3020 3.12 6 12 2.4 sm SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL® • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com Ductile Iron Fittings - Class 300 UL FM I t uALrrr fr u c ® us 4> Fig. 35X 3- Cross LISTED APPROVED 4-----)1(-----) Size A Packing Weight Part Number j OM A IN IN Inner Master LB 1 te 1 35X 3010 1.50 20 40 0.9 :___ 1-1/4 35X3012 1.75 12 24 1.4 k ( I I A 1-1/2 35X 3014 1.94 8 16 1.8 n, 2 35X 3020 2.25 6 12 2.8 B B Fig. 35RX3-Reducing Cross °` �K¢� A Size Part Number A IN Inner B ckMaster Weight LB ht R 1-1/4 x 1 35RX3012010 1.67 1.58 15 30 1.2 1-1/2 x 1 35RX3014010 1.80 1.65 12 24 1.4 A 2 x 1 35RX3020010 2.02 1.73 8 16 2.0 Fig. 35C 3- Cap a ,r , : , ) Size Part Number A Packing Weight IN IN Inner Master LB 1/2 35C 3004 0.87 300 600 0.1 A 3/4 35C 3006 0.97 200 400 0.1 - 1 35C 3010 1.16 110 220 0.2 1-1/4 35C 3012 1.28 70 140 0.4 1-1/2 35C 3014 1.33 50 100 0.5 2 35C 3020 1.45 25 50 0.8 2-1/2 35C 3024 1.70 18 36 1.6 Fig. 35BC3-Beam Clamp Size A Packing Weight -- - =2 IN Part Number IN Inner Master LB A1.-1.11 ® III IN 35BC3003 0.75 100 200 0.3 �_ III 1/2 35BC3004 0.75 80 160 0.5 SMITI1-COOPER INTERNATIONAL° • TOLL FREE 1-800-766-0076 • FAX(323)890-4456 • www.smithcooper.com Warranty and Limitations of Liability SMITH-COOPER INTERNATIONAL(SCI)warrants to its initial purchaser only,that its products which are delivered to this initial purchaser will be of the kind described in the order or price list and will be free of defects in workmanship or material for a period of five years from the date of delivery to our initial purchaser. Should any failure to conform to this warranty appear within five years after the date of the initial delivery to our initial purchaser,SCI will,upon written notification thereof and substantiation that the goods have been stored,installed,maintained and operated in accor- dance with recognized engineering and piping practices and industry standards,correct such defects by suitable repair or replacement (which alternative shall be at the discretion of SCI)of product at SCI's own expense upon return of the defective part to SCI. In the event that SCI elects to replace the defective product,SCI shall pay up to$50 per defective product for total cost of replacement. In the event of multiple claims,such payment shall be no greater than$1,000 for each installation project. This warranty applies only during normal use that meets the above referenced conditions of installation and operation and is absolutely void if the product has been damaged after purchase or if it has been misused,repaired,altered or modified in any manner whatsoever. SCI shall not warranty any of its products if any portion of the product including without limitation,any component,gasket,housing or bolt has been modified,altered,remanufactured or replaced in any manner by any customer,user of the product or third party. Correction of non-conformities,in the manner and for the period of time provided above,shall constitute fulfillment of all liabilities of SCI to our initial purchaser,with respect to the goods,whether based on contract,negligence,strict tort,or otherwise. It is the intention of SCI that no warranty of any kind,whether expressed or implied shall pass through our initial purchaser to any other person or corpora- tion. No returns will be allowed unless prior written permission of SCI is first obtained. Buyers shall be responsible for all costs of transporta- tion as well as a restocking charge. This warranty is exclusively for the benefit of the initial purchaser of this product from SCI and,except to the extent prohibited by ap- plicable law,the foregoing warranty is in lieu of all other warranties,express or implied,including but not limited to warranties of fitness or merchantability. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY:SCI shall not under any circumstances be liable for special or consequential damages such as,but not limited to damage to loss of other property or equipment,loss of profits or revenue,cost of capital,cost of purchased or replacement goods, claims of customers of our initial purchaser,any labor cost for repair or replacement of the product or damage caused by the product. The remedies of our initial purchaser,and all others,set forth herein are exclusive,and the liability of SCI with respect to same shall not, except as expressly provided herein,exceed the price of the SCI products on which such liability is based. ©2010 Smith-Cooper International® 84 SNSKIIFf' LSI I ,4 ifl IQL,EI11t2IEIF;809 06Qffi007( •FAINV643M0901445fP wv thithopopennom 84 a. ti.‘11TH 1 ,11.1:ki Industrial PVF Malleable Iron . Cast Iron � .x Ductile Iron ' �„, ,- Bronze Fittings _ Flanged Fittings - _ Forged Steel Fittings f Merchant Steel COOPLETS° Nipples Lead Free :if Valves r Ball Gate Globe Check Butterfly Straight Stops Hose Bibbs/Sillcocks Boiler Drains Specialtiesti aII Stainless Steel 150#Fittings 3000#Forged Fittings 00. Weld Fittings �. , Sanitary Fittings Compression Fittings Flanges x, ' Nipples Pipe &Tubing Valves = 0,,r, Grooved Couplings Fittings Valves COOPLET°Adapter Nipples SmITH ,,, CoopER INTERNATIONAL Toll Free 800-766-0076 Fax 323-890-4456 www.smithcooper.com 071( COSCO Fire Protection • renklers COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free: 800-983-6383 December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51a C MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Upright and Conventional(Old Style)Sprinklers are small,thermosensitive,glass-bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes,temperature ratings,and K-Factors to meet design require- ments.The special Polyester,Polytetrafluoroethylene(PTFE),and Electroless Nickel PTFE(ENT)coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition,these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmos- _ pheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global approves the ENT coating as corrosion resistant. FM ; Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS c OL us cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM FM Approved: Classes 2002 and 2020 NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984B-PDA VdS VdS Approved: Certificates G4060054, G4060056, G4880046, G4930039, and G4980020 LPCB LPC Approved: Ref. No. 096e/03, TE30401, and TE30872 (g CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001, 0832-CPD-2003, 0786-CPD-40131, 0786-CPD-40171, and 0786-CPD-40278 0 MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE: Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on pages 51 c-d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 51e for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Viking Technical Data may be found on Available since 1987. The Viking Corporation's Web site at Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinklers VK315 and VK340 are rated for The Web site may include a more recent use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi(0.5 edition of this Technical Data Page. bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP)sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on the de- flector.All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar)wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No.4,831,870 Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi(0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 12978, 06766B, 07060, and 12281. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Brass UNS-C23000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 12978, 06764B, and 12281. Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 06665B, 07060, and 14817. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. Bushing (for Sprinklers 06719B, 06717B, and 12286): Brass UNS-C36000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Form No. F_080488 Replaces page 51a-e, dated June 28, 2013. (Changed 06931 to VK3271) Sprinkler 51b December 4, 2013 MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap- ENT plated. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass =A, Chrome = F, White Polyester= M-/W, Black Polyester= M-/B, and Black PTFE = N, ENT= JN Temperature Suffix (°F/°C): 135°/57° =A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/93° = E, and 286°/141° = G For example, sprinkler VK300 with a 1/2"thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12978AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the"Sprinkler Accessories"section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrench: Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000) Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Z Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating Ceiling Temperature. Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings': White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C) Footnotes 'The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. s Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated on pages 51c-e.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment.For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only.Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, ENT,and PTFE coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers,the waterway is coated. December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51c NIKING. MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Temperature KEY Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response ii Finish Upright and Conventional Sprinklers A1X4-Escutcheon(it applicable) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 51d.) Number' NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC8 VdS LPCB (E 0 Upright-Standard Orifice 12978 VK300 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al, B4 See Footnote 7. -- -- -- -- 07060 VK345 -- 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 -- -- A2 A2 B212 8215 Conventional-Standard Orifice 06766B VK310 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A2 A2 -- A2 B212 B215 Upright-Large Orifice 06665B VK350 3/4" -- 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 A2 B212 -- 14817 VK350 -- 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 A2 B212 -- 06764616 VK350 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 -- A213 -- Conventional-Large Orifice 06768B VK354 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al A2 -- A2 B212 -- Upright-Small - Upright-Small Orifice" 06717B11 VK325 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- - -- -- 06719611 VK327 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- -- -- -- 06931B11 VK3271 -- 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/16 56 -- - A2 -- C314 -- Maximum 250 PSI(17 bar)WWP Upright-Standard Orifice 1 Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria on •age 51 d.) Number1 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC' VdS LPCB C E 0 12281 VK315 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- -- -- -- Upright-Small - Upright-Small Orifice10 1228611 VK340 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 1 Brass, Chrome, White Polyester", Black Polyester", and Black PTFE° 286°F (141°C) 2- Brass, Chrome,White Polyester5•6,and Black Polyester56 B- 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),200 °F (93°C),and 286°F (141°C) 3 Brass and Chrome C- 155 °F (68°C) 4 ENT° Footnotes 'Base part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 'Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada. 5cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 6 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 'Meets New York City requirements,effective July 1,2008. 'Accepted for use,City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals,Calendar Number 219-76-SA. 'Accepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA 89-92-E,Vol.16. 10 Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied,with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception:4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. 71The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 12 (E Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPD-2003. 13 ((Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40278. 14 (E Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40131. 15 0 MED Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008. "The 1/2"NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only Sprinkler 51d December 4, 2013 C MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESIGN CRITERIA- UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 on page 51c) cULus Listing Requirements: Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers,or old style(conventional)sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies (exception:small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers must be followed. For conventional sprinklers, refer to the installation guidelines for old style(conventional)sprinklers. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. ice\ Protective Wrench Sprinkler Flat Cap Qiil VIK/INC,ill 10896 0) Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51e C MICROFAST°AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) Temperatureuh KEY Microfast®Quick Response Upright Sprinklers A1X4Escutcheon(if applicable) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 Number' SIN NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) Standard Orifice 12978 VK300 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A2, B3 07060 VK345 -- 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A2 Large Orifice 06665B VK350 3/4" -- 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 14817 VK350 -- 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 06764B7 VK350 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 Small Orifice" 0671766 VK325 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16 56 Al Approved Finishes Approved Temperature Ratings 1 -Brass and Chrome A- 135 °F(57 °C), 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79 °C), 200°F(93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyesters, and Black B- 155°F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), 200°F(93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) Polyesters 3- ENT8 Footnotes 'Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. ^ FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage pendent sprinklers. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest appli- cable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0). Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 6 The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 'The 1/2"NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only e FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA- FM ( • - : • „•'royal Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Reauirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage upright sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to,but not limited to:minimum water supply requirements,hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing,and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD,VdS or other similar organizations,and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances,and standards, whenever applicable. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Form No. F_080488 Replaces page 51a-e, dated June 28, 2013. (Changed 06931 to VK3271) December 12, 2013Sprinkler 41a NIKINGC MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast° and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes "�=and temperature ratings and K-Factors to meet design requirements. The special Polyester,Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In ad- dition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmos- pheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global approves ENT finish as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resist- ant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS I 41 1 cO� cULus Listed: Category VNIV ,,, FM Approved: Classes 2001, 2002, 2015, and 2017 PN 12979 PN 06666B NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E,Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984C-PDA [vds VdS Approved: Certificates G4040095, G4040097, G4060056, G4060057, G4880045, G4930038, and G4980021 P B LPC Approved: Ref. Nos. 096e/03 and 096e104 (E CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificates of conformity 0786-CPD-40130,0786-CPD-40170 and 0786-CPD- 40279, 0832-CPD-2001, and 0832-CPD-2003 MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE: Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 41d for cULus Listing requirements and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 41f for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 1987. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Viking Technical Data may be found on Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinklers 12282 and 12290 are rated for use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi The Viking Corporation's Web site at (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar)for high-pressure systems. High-pres- http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. sure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on The Web site may include a more recent the deflector.All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a edition of this Technical Data Page. maximum 175 psi (12 bar)wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts `cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi(0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 12979 and 12282. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 12979, 06666B, and 06765B. Copper UNS- C19500 for Sprinkler 12282. Phosphor Bronze UNS-C51000, Copper UNS-C19500 or Brass UNS-C26000 for Sprinkler 06720B. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. Bushing (for Sprinklers 06718B, 06720B, and 12290): Brass UNS-C36000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap- ENT coated. Form No. F_081296 Replaces page 41a-f, dated December 4, 2013. (Added E-3 Escutcheon) Sprinkler 41b December 12, 2013 NEKING8 MICROFAST°AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP° QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfast®and MicrofastHP°Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass =A, Chrome = F, White Polyester= M-/W, Black Polyester= M-/B, Black PTFE = N, and ENT= JN Temperature Suffix: 135 °F (57 °C) =A, 155 °F (68 °C) = B, 175 °F (79 °C)= D, 200 °F (93 °C) = E, and 286 °F (141 °C) = G For example, sprinkler VK302 with a 1/2"thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F (68 °C)temperature rating = Part No. 12979AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the"Sprinkler Accessories"section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). B. Wrench for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers: Part No. 16036W/B* (available since 2011) C. Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool** Part No. 15915 (available since 2010.) *A'/z"ratchet is required(not available from Viking). **Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1"diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection,Testing and Maintenance require- Wrench ments. Flat /SIIi _II�\ P /II II\ Protective 7. AVAILABILITY I rotective iIIIL�JIiII sprinkler Sprinkler Cap The Viking Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent O ,,� I Shield 1111. Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and � MV1�( international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for 'mo , I�'�' the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. ( / 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule 1096 e) or contact Viking directly. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 41c NIEKING® MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 00) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings': White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C). Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts.These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, PTFE,and ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. 1 / 1 / It U --v Uil +. 1) v ,,,,_L..., -+ ' , gzu\j:Nirsii'ij ° +. Sprinkler Wrench Y—— 16036W/BE* for I installing recessed I pendent sprinklers - 1 ,/ ■*A_1/2'.ratchet Is required II (not available from Viking), .------4Carefully slide thef t '===4—— 1-i wrench sideways it I around the protective cap, ensuring engage— rent with the sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 2: Wrench 16036W/B for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Sprinkler 41 dDecember 12, 2013 NIKING. MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) I Temperature KEY Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers 4.+---Finish Al X4—Escutcheon(it applicable) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No.1 NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC° VdS LPCB C E i Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 57 A1X,B1Y,C4,E4Z A1X,B1Y — -- — — 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y A2 A2X,B2Y C2X,E2Y11 C2X,E2Yt4 Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A1X,B1Y,C4,E4Z A1X,B1Y A2 A2X C211 -- 06765615 VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A1X,B1Y,C4,E4Z A1X,B1Y A2 -- A212 -- Small Orifice' 06718B° VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y -- -- -- -- • 06720B° VK331 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-1/4" 58 A1X,B1Y A1X,B1Y -- -- — -- 06932B VK331 -- 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/8" 60 -- -- A2 -- G313 -- Maximum 250 PSI(17 bar)WWP Standard Orifice Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part Not NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC10 VdS LPCB (E 4 12282 VK317 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A1X,B1Y A1X — -- -- -- Maximum 250 PSI(17 bar)WWP Small Orifice' 1229010 VK342 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X,B1Y A1X -- -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings A-135°F(57°C),155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),200°F(93°C),and Approved Escutcheons 286°F(141 °C) Approved Finishes X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or B-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),and 200°F(93 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester6'', Black the Viking Microfast® Model F-1 Adjustable °C) Polyester6'7,and Black PTFE6 Escutcheon C-155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),200°F(93°C),and 286°F(141 2-Brass, Chrome,White Polyester',and Black Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the °C) Polyester' Viking Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon D-135 T(57°C),155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),and 286°F(141 3-Brass and Chrome or recessed with the Viking Micromatic®Model E- °C) 4-ENT6 1,E-2,or E-3 Recessed Escutcheon E-155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),and 200°F(93°C) Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or re- F-155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),and 286°F(141 °C) cessed with the Viking Micromatic®Model E-1 G-155°F(68°C) Footnotes 'Base part number is shown.For complete part number,refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3 This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada. 5 Accepted for use,City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals,Calendar Number 219-76-SA. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 7 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 8 Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception:4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 10Accepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings,MEA Number 89-92-E,Vol.16. " CE Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificates of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPD-2003. 12 CE Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40279. 13 CE Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40130 and 0786-CPD-40170. '" 0 MED Certified,Standard EN 12259-1,EC-certificates of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008. 15 The 1/2"NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 41e NIIKING C MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESIGN CRITERIA- UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 on page 41d) cULus Listing Requirements: Microfast°and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies (exception:small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). • The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Ceiling Opening Size: 2-5/16' (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/8' 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum (54 mm) 1/2' (15 mm) 1um��m■ �` ..-- NPT x[816®' } =� I q�w 1 1-3/4" I��I 2-1/4' 111111 (44.5 mm) 2" 1-1/2°i(38.1 mm) 1-5/8" 110 (58 mm) (50.8 mm) 1110 (41 mm) Maximum Installed with a Pendent Sprinkler standard 1/8' surface- mounted escutcheon. Installed with a Microfast Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon ) Note: At maximum, adapter is exposed 1/2" (12.7 mm) from face of ceiling. Figure 3: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon 2-1/8" Ceiling Opening Size: 2-1/8" -...b _ (54 mm) 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum (54 mm) 2-1/2" (63,5 mm) maximum 'l��ll iii =, �Il�il.°h�OfLOI� mmffil�. -., N!rill 111 ,-L 1-3/4" Rip 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) Minimum 2" !_, 1-1/8" (28.6 mm) (44,5 mm) Minimum Maximum =i_ t (50.8 mm) Maximum A__... Installed with a Micromatic Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Installed with a thread on Model E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons Sprinkler 41f December 12, 2013 MICROFAST®AND TECHNICAL DATA MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) -Temperature KEY Microfast®Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers l+--- Finish MX 4—Escutcheon(if applicable) Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar)WWP Sprinkler SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals' Base Part No.' NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 57 A2X, B2Y,C3,D3Z 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A2X,B2Y Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A2X,B2Y,C3, D3Z 06765B7 VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A2X,B2Y,C3, D3Z Small Orifice" 06718B6 VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 A1X Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons A-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C) X-Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the Viking 200°F(93°C),and 286°F(141 °C) Approved Finishes Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon B-135°F(57°C), 155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C), 1 -Brass and Chrome Y Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the and 200°F(93°C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyesters, and Viking Microfast® Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon C-155°F(68°C), 175°F(79°C),200°F(93°C), Black Polyesters or recessed with the Viking Micromatic®Model E-1, and 286°F(141 °C) 3- ENT' E-2,or E-3 Recessed Escutcheon D - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F Z-Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed (93°C) with the Viking Micromatic®Model E-1 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 'FM Approved as quick response control mode standard spray Non-storage sprinklers.For specific application and installation requirements,reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheet 2-0). 6 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 'The 1/2"NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA- FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as quick response Non-storage standard spray pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guidet. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets(including Data Sheets 2-0 and 8-9).FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to,but not limited to:minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design,ceiling slope and obstructions,minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE:The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. tSprinklers VK302 and VK352 are also FM Approved as quick response Rack Storage standard spray pendent sprinklers. Refer to technical data page 131a-e for Intermediate Level In-Rack Sprinklers. IMPORTANT:Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F 091699-Care and Handling of Sprinklers.Also refer to page QR1-3 for gen- eral care, installation,and maintenance information.Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_081296 Replaces page 41a-f, dated December 4, 2013. (Added E-3 Escutcheon) December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43a C MICROFAST®AND MICRO— TECHNICAL DATA FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305&VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinklers available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Polytetrafluoroethelyne (PTFE) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these mow. ft fir. coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are cULus listed as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Chart. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) 2. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cOus cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM FM Approved: Class 2020 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 43d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 43f for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. 3. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2003. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinkler VK319 is rated for use with Viking Technical Data may be found on water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 bar) The Viking Corporation's Web site at up to 250 psi (17 bar)for high-pressure systems. High-pressure(HP) http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. sprinklers can be identified by locating"250"stamped on the deflec- The Web site may include a more recent tor. Sprinkler VK305 is rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar)wwp. edition of this Technical Data Page. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) *Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to-65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-11/16" (68 mm) Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Pip Cap Attachment(for Sprinkler VK319): Brass UNS-C36000 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the ap- propriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass =A, Chrome = F, White Polyester= M-/W, Black Polyester= M-/B, and Black PTFE = N Temperature Suffix(°F/°C): 135°/68° =A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/93° = E, and 286°/141° =G For example, sprinkler VK305 with a Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12121AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the"Sprinkler Accessories"section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). Form No. F_030103 Replaces page 43a-f, dated May 31, 2012. (Added E-3 Escutcheon) Sprinkler 43b December 12, 2013 MICROFAST®AND MICRO- NIKING® TECHNICAL DATA FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305&VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com B. Wrench for recessed sprinklers with protective shields: Part No. 13655W/B**(available since 2003) **A"A"ratchet is required(not available from Viking). Sprinkler Cabinets: A. Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A(available since 1971) B. Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A(available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Protective Wrench Sprinkler Shield 00 Or Flat �� II will 10896 0 Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43c NIKING. MICROFAST®AND MICRO- TECHNICAL DATA FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305&VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com TABLE 1:AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13.Other limits may apply,depending on fire loading,sprinkler location,and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 3 The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart.These i tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation,verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers,the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and PTFE coatings. Sprinkler Wrench Part No. 13655W/B# for Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Protective Fit the wrench over the sprinkler Sprinkler and protective shield as shown. Shield I ��-- � _cis-! _ ___ __Ti _ li j ,r�. iii I I 11 / \\ \1I __ 11 _ , IINote: A 1/2a ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Figure 2: Wrench 13655W/B for Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Sprinkler 43d December 12, 2013 NIKING® MICROFAST®AND MICRO- TECHNICAL DATA FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS(VK305&VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1 (UL) Temperature KEY ��Finish Microfast®and MicrofastHP®Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers AtXf-Escutcheon(ifapplicable) Base Part Maximum Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals' Number' SIN Pressure (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus° NYC' LPCB Maximum 175 PSI(12 Bar)WWP For Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. Deflector must be located 4"to 12"(102 mm to 305 mm)below the ceiling. 12121 VK305 175 psi 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y, B1X A1Y -- -- -- Maximum 175 PSI WWP For Light Hazard Occupancies Only. Deflector must be located 4"to 6"(102 mm to 152 mm)below the ceiling. cULus NYC LPCB C E0e 12121 VK305 175 psi 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y,B1X See Footnote 6. -- -- -- Maximum 250 PSI WWP For Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. Deflector must be located 4"to 12"(102 mm to 305 mm)below the ceiling. cULus° NYC5 LPCB C E b 12285 VK319 250 psi 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y,B1X A1Y Approved Escutcheons Approved Temperature Ratings X - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or Approved Finishes A-135°F(57°C),155°F(68°C),175°F(79°C),200 1 - Brass, Chrome, White the Viking Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon8, or °F(93°C),and 286°F(141 °C) Polyester', Black Polyester', recessed with the Viking Micromatic® Model E-1, E-2, E-3, B- 135 °F(57°C), 155°F (68 °C), 175°F(79 °C), and Black PTFE7 or G-1 Recessed Escutcheon and 200°F(93°C) Y-Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or the Viking Microfast®Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon8 Footnotes 'Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 'Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar.When pressure is measured in kPa,divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing.Other approvals may be in process. °Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.for use in the U.S.and Canada. 'Accepted for use,City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA 89-92-E,Vol. 16. 6 Meets New York City requirements,effective July 1,2008. 'cULus Listed as corrosion-resistant.Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. DESIGN CRITERIA- UL (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above.) cULus Listing Reauirements: Quick Response Horizontal Sprinklers VK305 and VK319 are cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers. • Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. • Locate the deflector 4"to 12"(102 mm to 305 mm)below the ceiling. • Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. • Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m). • Align the top of the deflector parallel with the ceiling. • Locate no less than 4"(102 mm)from end walls. • Maximum distance from end walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers.The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. • The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QR1-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43e C MICROFAST®AND MICRO- TECHNICAL DATA FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305&VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Wall Opening Size: 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) maximum 2-7/16" 2-1/16" 2-11/16" (61.9 mm) I (52,4 mm) (68.3 mm) Minimum T I 4,8 iiP 1/4" Polopp-r:.1,12 1/8" " T-111_.10-r ii111111100,-H1 (31,8 mm) II: (54 mm) 11 T 1/2" i �� _�, (15 mm) NPT HSW Sprinkler 12121 (VK305) Il 2-5/8" (66.7 mm) Maximum Installed with a standard 1/8" (3.1 mm) Installed with a Microfast surface-mounted escutcheon Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Figure 3: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-1 Adjustable Escutcheon Wall Opening Size: 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum 2-1/2" (615 mm) maximum 1-5/8" 1-3/4" (41.3 mm) II Minimum (44.5 mm) IMinimum 1 ir 1 --_ , -12-- -,1,.. . . (54 mm) I IIIIIIIIIIII 1 'i �l 1 I (54 mm) �'IIIIIIIIIII ' 'I SI 1I ✓ I.,,Acro ✓ iii MINIM 2-1/4" I 2-5/8" (57.2 mm) * (67 mm) Maximum Maximum Installed with a Micromatic Installed with a Model E-2 Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Thread on Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons TFP550 Page 7 of 8 P/N* 61 - XXX - X - XXX ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON ORDER TYPE FINISH FINISH1 LENGTH2 161 Flush Escutcheon NATURAL BRASS 055 5.50" (1"NPT),155°F(68°C) 1 BRASS PLATED 163 Flush Escutcheon 082 8.25" (1"NPT),200°F(93°C) SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE Deep Escutcheon 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003) 171 (1"NPT),155°F(68°C) POLYESTER POLYESTER 180 18.00" 173Deep Escutcheon 9 CHROME CHROME 187 18.75" (1"NPT),200°F(93°C) PLATED PLATED 151 Without Escutcheon 372 37.25" (1"NPT),155°F(68°C) 0 CHROME SIGRAL9(RANAL L9003) Without Escutcheon PLATED POLYESTER 153 (1"NPT),200°F(93°C) 480 48.00" Notes: 1. Does not apply to assemblies without escutcheon. 2. Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon"Order Length"as measured per Figures 2,3&4. 3. After the measurement is taken,round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. Use Prefix"I"for ISO 7-R1 Connection(e.g.,1-61-161-1-055). TABLE E SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL,DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS(ECOH) PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Ordering Sprinkler WrenchSpecify W-Type 8 Sprinkler Wrench, Warranty Procedure P/N 56-892-1-001 Sprinkler Boot For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler www.tyco-fire.com. ability. When placing an order, indi- Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 cate the full product name, including This Part Number includes one (1) description and Part Number(P/N). Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz. Dry-Type Sprinklers of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for When ordering Series DS-3 Dry-Type installing one boot). Sprinklers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard Response, Extended Cover- age, Ordinary Hazard (ECOH), specify the following information: • SIN TY5339 • Order Length: Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as measured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting (Ref. Figures 2, 3 & 4). After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. • Inlet Thread Connections: 1 Inch NPT (Standard) ISO 7-R 1 (For information on ISO Inlet Thread Connections, contact your Tyco Sales Representative.) • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Escutcheon Type and Finish, as applicable • Part Number from Table E Victaulic® VicFIexTM Sprinkler Fittings ✓ctaulia Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Flexible Hoses 10.85 Vic Flex- Series AH2 Series AH2-CC 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes by Component • Series AH2 Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830mm. Note: length includes adapter nipple and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. • Series AH2-CC Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 915, 1220, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes captured coupling and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. • Sprinkler Reducers: • Sprinkler Connections: 'h and 3/4715 and 20mm • Straight Lengths: 5.75, 9, 13"/140, 230, 330 mm • 90° Elbows: • Short (typically used with concealed sprinklers) • Long (typically used with recessed pendent sprinklers) • Low Profile Short (for use with Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 Bracket) • Low Profile Long (for use with Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 Bracket) • Inlet Connections: • 1"/25 mm Grooved IGS • 1725 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples for attaching to pipe and fittings outlined in NFPA standards. • 3/4720 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples available for VdS. • 11/4"/32mm BSPT adapter nipples available for LPCB. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date • victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 .ctaul.c victaulic.com • 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) • Brackets: • Style AB1 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB2 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB3 for surface mount applications, woody metal and block walls, or ceilings • Style AB4 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB5 for hard-lid ceilings and sidewalls, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB7 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB7 Adjustable for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB8 for hard-lid ceilings with CD 60/27 profile metal studs (regionally available) • Style AB9 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems • Style AB10 for Armstrong®TechZoneTM ceilings • Style AB11 for lay-in panel suspended t-grid ceilings or drywall suspended t-grid ceilings, allows for low profile installations (use only with 90° low profile elbows) • Style AB12 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and allows for low profile installation down to 4'/100mm. Maximum Working Temperature • 225°F/107°C Maximum Working Pressure • 200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval) • 175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed) • 1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved) • 1.4 MPa (CCCf Approved) Connections • To adapter nipple(inlet)via • 1'725.4 mm Grooved IGS • 1725.4 mm NPT or BSPT male thread • 3/4"/20 mm BSPT male thread (VdS only) • 11/4"/32 mm BSPT male thread (LPCB only) • To sprinkler head (outlet)via lh" or 3/4"/15 mm or 20 mm Minimum Bend Radius • 77178 mm (FM/CCCf Approval) • 2'751 mm (cULus Listed) • 3'776.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved) Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors • FM (1/2"/15mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (Si.), (3/4"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • cULus (1h"/15mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (3/4720mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • VdS/LPCB (1h"/15mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (3/4"720mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.) 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS d c us VdS LPCB UPS NOTE • The VicFlexTMSeries AH2 Hose has been tested and evaluated by Spears®for acceptable use with Spears®CPVC Products and is therefore covered under the Spears®FlameGaurd®Installer Protection Plan. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctauluc victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Series AH2 • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (1 /15 mm or 3/4"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Low Profile Elbows: Ductile Iron, Zinc-Plated Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Series AH2-CC • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Coupling Retainer Ring: Polyethelene • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (1/2/15 mm or 4°/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coupling Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific). • Red enamel (Europe). • Hot dipped galvanized. Gasket:' • Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to the latest V,ciaul,c Gasket Scic..Hon Guidc for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. �v • Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. • Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type III Finish 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details-Series AH2 Braided Hose Item Description 1Flexible Hose 2 Isolation Ring © 6 3 Q O 3 Gasket 4 Nut H1 ► ��1 � 5 Adapter Nipple 6 Braid A >1 _._._7 Collar/Weld Fitting B 8 Sleeve Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length A B inches inches inches mm mm mm 31/790 25.3/641 31/790 36/915 31.3/794 36/915 48/1219 42.3/1073 48/1220 60/1525 54.3/1378 60/1525 72/1830 66.3/1683 72/1830 Series AH2-CC Braided Hose © Item Description 0 0 ° r/ 00 Flexible Hose ' � 1pm 2 Isolation Ring l�� l■i�I1��1RfYl.�iR��4118�� 3 Gasket ly_.pl ..� r,uimni 4 Nut k 5 Captured Coupling A B 6 Braid > 7 Collar/Weld Fitting _ 8 Sleeve Hose Length A B inches inches inches mm mm mm 31/790 24.5/622 29.8/757 36/915 29.5/749 34.8/884 48/1219 41.5/1054 46.8/1189 60/1525 53.5/1359 58.8/1494 72/1830 65.5/1664 70.8/1798 • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctau6c victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Standard Reducer nmuumm�uummmun_ 111111IIII 11111 III 1111111 1111111 I'111 5,757140 mm straight reducer Optional Reducers r-- J 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer IIIIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIIII c im1111111111111111111 1 - 13.0"/330 mm straight reducer > 66.5 mm 65.5 m 66 mm II __ 6.57"/ 4.83"/ _ = 166.9 mm 1227mm - E. _ E. Q N ■■ 1 Short 90°elbow reducer Long 90°elbow reducer NOTE • The Short 90°elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • FM/VdS Approved'only. Low Profile dill4.59"/ _ = 116 mm _ = 2.84"/ ll- 1.4"! 72 mm 1.4"/ 36 - 36 mm ... - Short 90°elbow reducer Long 90°elbow reducer NOTE • Style AB11:When low profiles elbows are used with the Style AB11 bracket,the Low Profile Short Elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the Low Profile Long Elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 `Ictaulic victaulic.com • 4.1 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB1 • Suspended Ceilings �fr • Hard-Lid Ceilings (FM Only) Item Description 1 247610 mm or 48'71219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved,cULus listed �6 /9 Style AB2 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard Lid Ceilings Item Description I� 247610 mm or 4871219 mm S.uare Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket r% 3 End Bracket NOTE O • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved,cULus listed iP Style AB3 • Surface Mount Applications /e4.‘4,04 • FM/LPCB Approved %tel E • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB4 i0 • Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring 2) channel grid system 01) Item Description i 1 i 24"/610mm or 48"/1219mm Square Bar ' 0 ly Adjustae Center 3 Patented End Bracket cklforr Hat Furring Channel Bracket_...�. ii.NOTE "41,1-4111411 • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved,cULus listed. Style AB5 t. • Hard-Lid Ceilings *.. : __ __1�. Item Description l 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 1 3 End Bracket % y, 0 NOTE /44,, ,' • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved,cULus listed. ,ri Style AB7 • Suspended Ceilings 3 • Hard-Lid Ceilings iiii Fi Item Description ; 1 247610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 _ ( Patented 1-Beer Center Bracket ,- 3 End Bracket O NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB7 Adjustable :'�,- • Suspended Ceilings 3 • Hard-Lid Ceilings __ . -- - Item Description F 1 700 mm or 1400mm Square Bar p 2 Patented 1-Bee2'Center Bracket 3 End Bracket(adjustable) p sy NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. I it 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB8ID • Hard-Lid Ceilings ‘. - :' Item DescriptionCO ® 700mm or 1400mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertical) Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE OD • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. A\. Style AB1O • Suspended ceilings • Armstrong®TechZone K 0 r Item Description jy�;%/, li 1 6"/152 mm Square Bar �1 2 Patented 1-Bee2°Center Bracket j 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS/LPCB Approved,cULus listed. Style AB11 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description � 1 24"/61Ommor48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Beet•Center Bracket 3 End Bracket ."''X'.- -14-; O NOTE • FM/VdS Approved,cULus listed. v %�% LdO Style AB12 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings %_.ice'' Item DescStyle 612 nation Body tit \.\.' �''•. Y Yom( ''',...:?<: �l 2 #2 Square Drive Set Screw `,� ;; NOTE 1.0, - • FM/VdS Approved. 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 rctaulic victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB1 Bracket I R R I _ A Bracket See Chart Assembly 23/e"/60 mm 2'W/68 mm Style ABI I,.p maxhole max.hole i,1I iiI .� 2"/51 mm 296"/60 mm II4min.hole min.hole !L 15.9smm 1134 mm '` _ MIL e ceiling tile !I71 1 7"/43 mm ( Iii I r! �IIIIM 1 Er Typical ��1 Typical cceiling \ gis,5 ar iia,l (r, K g1i/y ii v •Finished C��1 See note ceiling face •ir✓i 24"/610 mm or __ 4871219 mm on Center _ Hose Clearance Chart _ Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 1 V3802 V2707 1 V3802 3/a" '/z° 3/4" i V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess 3/4"Max Recess 1h"Max Recess 3/4"Max Recess 1/2'Max Recess inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R"Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 _ Radius50 80 175 Bend A"Minimum Required . 8.6 10.1 9.6 11.1 13.6 15.1 5.8 5.8 Space 281 Installation 218 _ 269 244 345 383 147 147 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 ✓ctaiuhc victaulic.corrl 4.5 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket Hi A • 7s See Chart ►.a Bracket mbl 1 8"/ 2W/68 mm 2W/60 mm 2ta/60 mm k10 - _ Assembly 45 mm 2 x 4 ___ Y ,� max.hole max.hole max.hole 1 Screw Style ABSA62 ��,, 23/4,760 mm 2"/51 mm 2"/51 mm Stud. SII !n`> i;1 • • minhole minhole min.hole 3.5"/ \'.. i i 11 1 ii 1 .P. 89 mm i'i *Pr i 7 ' pill- . %IIr� iii 5 711, Finished f l� P � 16'/406 mm--- - - ceiling ... Stud C/C NI Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer "V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 I V2709 V2707 1 V3802 V2709 3/4"I 20mm 'h"113 mm 3/+"120mm 3/4"120mm 1/2"113 mm 3/4"I 20mm 3/4"120mm 1/i 113 mm 3/4"I 20mm Max Recess" Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm 1 mm mm mm mm "R"Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 175 "A"Minimum Required 6.2 7.6 , 6.1 7.2 8.6 7.1 11.2 12.6 11.1 Installation 158 193 155 183 218 180 285 320 282 Space Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V2709 ' V3802 3/4"I20mm 3/4"I20mm 1/2"I13mm Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess inches inches inches mm mm mm "R"Minimum _ Bend Radius "A"Minimum Required 3.3 3.6 3.3 Installation 84 91 84 Space NQIE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 jctaulia victaulic.coryi • " 4.6 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket I R ME SM. 23/e"/60 mm 2'16'/68 mm r7 A maxhole max.hole ,�� See Chart _ _ 2"/51 mm 23/a"/60 mm hole .1- -i 4 min.hole min. /_ _ `,J r It & Pc-7r twiil > "tir' s//'/159 mm Typical r-_-1 Typical finished �)r! ceiling tile ceiling face See note- /a'ypi Typical 16"/406 mm- � Typical 24"/610 mm on Center ceiling arid Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer Long Elbow Short Elbow V2707 V3802 I V2707 V3802 j 3/4' 1/2" 3/4' 1/2" V2707 V3802 V2707 V3802 Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess Max Recess 3/4"Max Recess 1/2"Max Recess 3/4'Max Recess 1/2'Max Recess inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R"Minimum 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 7.0 7.0 _ Bend Radius 50 50 80 80 175 175 "A"Minimum Required 8.8 10.2 9.8 11.2 13.8 15.2 8.0 5.9 Installation 224 259 249 285 351 386 203 150 Space NOTE Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. " 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 jictsulic. victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 ?Bracket r R� A NE See Chart — Bracket 111051111 Assembly ___ 2 '/60 mm 29/6"/68 mm 2a'/60 mm I,i_ v.. Style AB5 1�i�� 3"/ max.hole max.hole max.hole 1 -;lr rS 1 -157 F,FF, 2"/S1 rem 2W/60 mm 2"/51 mm II - it y- iI II r min.hole Li I1 N1 II II ; min.hole min.hole n I ii _-I- 11 I II 3,6"/ .0. 2x4" i ii �W ii II 92 mm MetalStud I ii UU II II Mr©,+l1 i r r ,R'7 JIIlle , ,,1,, 5/e, Finished r'=1 "� u 15.9 mm ceiling face 113, 'li Drywall IIIII 16"/406 mm Stud C/C Hose Clearance Chart Straight Reducer "V2707 V3802 V2709 V2707 V3802 V2709 7 V2707 T V3802 V2709 3/4"I 20mm 'h"113 mm 3/4"120mm 3/4"I 20mm 1/2'113 mm 3/4'120mm 3/4'120mm 1/2"113 mm 3/4'120mm Max Recess" Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess I Max Recess Sidewall Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm "R"Minimum 2.0 3.0 7.0 Bend Radius 50 80 175 "A"Minimum Required 6.0 7.7 6.1 7.0 8.7 7.1 11.0 12.7 11.1 Installation 158 196 155 178 221 180 279 323 282 Space I Hose Clearance Chart Long Elbow T Short Elbow f— V2707 V3802 V2709 V3802 3/4"I 20mm t/"113 mm 3/4"I 20mm 1"113 mm Max Recess Max Recess Sidewall : Max Recess inches inches inches inches mm I mm mm mm "R"Minimum _ Bend Radius "A"Minimum Required 3.5 4.9 3.6 3.3 Installation ( 89 124 91 84 Space NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences fromthefigures above. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 ✓ctaulic` victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB11 Bracket (LOW PROFILE SOLUTION) 2W/60 mm 2'/6/68 mm Bracket •j max.hole max.hole Assembly ,1711'„ 2"/51 mm 23/8760 mm A I p Style ABM � � min.hole min.hole See Chart mil v_,,= i0 3.0"/ • 11 11 76 mm ■_ ff "wl 4. r ' �� iif i e]. —� �,�1 I` 1.7"/43 mm Vim'✓ I Finished PIl Typical 3/4"/15.9 mm ceiling face ceiling grid Typical ceiling tile See Note 24"/610 mm or 4871219 mm on center Hose Clearance Chart Low-Profile Low-Profile Long Elbow Short Elbow "V2707 V3802 3/4"I20mm 1/2"I13mm Max Recess" Max Recess inches inches mm mm "A"Minimum Required 4.0 3.9 Installation 102 99 I Space NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. • , 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 ✓ctauLc victaulic.com 4.9 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB12 Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler and with Low Profile Short Elbow Straight 5.757140mm Reducer ¢ Unfinished A �" -- Ceiling Face unch/ _ �9 mm � '/a-�ncn/MIO / � / / t3T:oreaded oVOvme e, -' % Maximum Length)- --- - Mi . i " 1 a 1 I // lin (IJf• � v-a 1' I,%/ Unfinished - See Table Illd%m and readed Rod �9 mm 1 _.. Il �. C Img Face 3 -- � u `r 111.7 V.-inch/kW1 k rri h/ (3-FooVO , 1•1111-0.141i; i I -1 L' _ { ,� � M 1 ,,..<,,, ! - tri See Table 1 -H H--- Ill= t' 'B'See Table -h 1 IEi I I u t -frel L -I 1 1 ul -R gee Table '� I _, �'I .ILL ))// IW.t��.4'.�. S" i Ili : I�i,�y,1,91 e, :aia", IW ��•� Finished Facein (4L1 \j�/ F dFce of iF� /,-inch/lbmm TTTIT iiihhtt"""" /Ili,id/ti MIT Typical Ceiling lvpiral Ceiling V2707 M12.7 mm MAX.RECESS V27071i"h9 mm MAX.RECESS Low Profile Low Profile Standard Standard Standard Dimension Short Elbow Long Elbow Short Elbow Long Elbow Straight Reducer J 3/4"/19mm 3/4"/19mm 3/4"/19mm 3/4'719mm 3/4"/19mm Recessed* Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed Recessed Concealed inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm , A Minimum Required ! 4.0 5.5 5.6 7.2 5.9 7.5 7.7 9.3 15.0 16.6 Installation Space 101.6 139.7 142.2 182.9 149.9 190.5 195.6 236.2 381.0 421.6 Distance from Top of B Typical Ceiling Tile to 0.5 2.0 1.5 1.5 15 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1 Bottom of Gate 1 12.7 50.8 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 *Adjustability will be limited NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 ✓ctaulsc victaulic.com 4.10 DIMENSIONS Clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB3 Bracket Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler A 33/4"/ s a 95.3 mm / A111 41101 23/s"/60 mm max.hole 2"/51 mm min.hole Hose Clearances inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches Dimension I mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Wall Thickness 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 "A" 50 100 150 200 250 50 100 150 200 250 Outlet Length 5.75 9 13 5.75 9 13 9 13 13 13 5.75 9 13 5.75 9 13 9 13 13 13 "B 146.1 228.6 330.2 146.1 228.6 330.2 228.6 330.2 330.2 330.2 146.1;228.6 330.2 146.1 228.6 330.2 228.6 330.2 330.2 330.2 !Hose Clearance 11.6 14.8 18.8 9.6 12.8 16.8 10.8 14.8 12.8 10.8 12.6 15.8 19.8 10.6 13.8 17.8 11.8 15.8 13.8 11.8 __"C 294 376 478 243 325 427 275 1376 325 275 319 402 503 268 351 452 300 402 351 300 Bend Radius 7 8 R" t._. 175 200 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids,sprinkler heads,brackets,and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 jctaulia victaulic.com 4.11 DIMENSIONS Branchline clearances Series AH2 Braided Hose with female threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with grooved outlet It R See chart ■■ ■ A ■■ .. See chart See chart �m If k. 1 �� . il �:_ Female Threaded rt,40."•"oreWeld Outlet PM�� No.142 Grooved Weld Outlet � 111, 2"/50 mm 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension ! ! 1 Dimension I 1 inches inches inches inches inches inches finches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm ' mm mm mm mm • mm mm Minimum 2 3 , 4 5 6 , 7 Minimum 2 3 4 5 6 7 R Bend Radius 50 80 100 125 150 175 R Bend Radius 50 80 100 125 150 175 8.4 9.4 10.4 11.4 12.4 13.41 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 12.1 I Min. 214 239 264 290 1315 341 180 205 231 f 256 281 307 • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 jctsulic victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE— FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses with Straight 5.75"/140 mm Reducers cOus ICTED Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets Maximum Equivalent Length Number of of 1'733.7 mm 90°Bends at 2"/51 mm Sch.40 Pipe(C=120) Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm/type feet/meters 31/790 1h"/15/Straight 16/4.9 4 3/4720/Straight 17/5.2 4 1 36/915 "/15/Straight 21/6.4 5 3/4720/Straight 23/7.0 5 48/1220 1/2"/15/Straight 32/9.8 8 3/4720/Straight 37/11.3 8 1 60/1525 "/15/Straight 46/14.0 10 3/4"/20/Straight 46/14.0 10 72/1830 /z"/15/Straight 55/16.8 12 3/4"/20/Straight 53/16.2 12 Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows COUS LISTED Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket Maximum Equivalent Length Number of of 1'733.7 mm 90°Bends at 2'/51 mm Sch.40 Pipe Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm feet/meters 31/790 1/2"/15 24/7.3 4 36/915 1/2"/15 26/7.9 5 3/41720 28/8.5 5 48/1220 1/2"/15 _ 43/13.1 8 3/4"/20 42/12.8 8 60/1525 1/2715 49/14.9 10 3/4'/20 ... 50/15.2 10 72/1830 1/2'/15 65/19.8 12 3/4720 63/19.2 12 lie • ' 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 ✓ctauhc` victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE— FRICTION LOSS DATA (CONTINUED) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Equivalent Length Design Guide Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2"/51 mm center line bend radius [Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Outlet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Hose Size Bend Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends Bends inches/ inches/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ feet/ mm mm meters meters meters meters • meters meters , meters meters meters meters meters meters 31/790 '/z/15 8.5/2.6 11.0/3.4 13.0/4.0 16.0/4.9 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 3/4720 10.0/3.0 12.5/3.8 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A ' N.A 36/915 1/2"/15 13.5/4.1 16.0/4.9 18.0/5.5 19.0/5.8 21.0/6.4 N.A N.A N.A N.A I N.A N.A N.A 3/a"/20 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 23.0/7.0 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 48/1220 1/2715 15.5/4.7 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 21.0/6.4 22.0/6.7 28.0/8.5 32.0/9.8 N.A N.A N.A N.A 3/4"/20 17.0/5.2 1990/5.8 21.5/6.6 24.5/7.5 26.0/7.9 27.0/8.2 30.0/9.1 37.0/11.3. N.A N.A N.A N.A 60/1525 - 1/2"115 21.5/6.6 1 24.0/7.3 27.0/8.2 f 28.5/8.7 30.0/9.1 31.0/9.4 37.0/11.3 42.0/128144.0/13.4146.0/14.01 N.A N.A 3/a/20 23.0/7.0 24.0/7.3 28.0/8.5 129.5/9.0 30.5/9.3 31.0/9.4 (38.0/11.6 42.0/12.8,44.0/13.4 146.0/14.0, N.A N.A 72/1830 1/2"/15 30.0/9.1 32.0/9.8 36.5/11.1 37.5/11.4.40.5/125 41.0/12.8 42.0/12.8 46.0/14.0 49.0/14.9 52.0/15.8 54.0/16.5 55.0/16.8 N"/20 32.0/9.8 32.5/9.9 35.0/10.7 35.5/10.8 40.0/12.3 40.5/12.3 41.0/12.5 46.0/14.0 50.0/15.2 51.0/15.5 52.0/15.8 53.0/16.2 NOTES: • Values for use with 5.757140 mm straight reducers. How to use this Design Guide: • For some systems,it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the maximum allowable number of bends.In this case,the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics. • It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected.When this happens,the design guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations.The system hydraulics can be recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system. • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 ✓ctaulicr victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE— FRICTION LOSS DATA ® Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10 and AB12 VicFlex Brackets Maximum Equivalent Number • Length of Length of of 90°Bends I Stainless Steel Outlet 1733.7mm at 7'/178mm Flexible Hose K-Factor Size Sch.40 Pipe Bend Radius inches/mm Imperial/S.I. inches/mm/type feet/meters 31/790 5.6/8.1 1_._ 1/2"/15/Straight 13.8/4.2 2 1/2715/90°Elbow 23.5/7.1 36/915 5.6/8.1 1/2'/15/Straight 16.6/5.1 2 1/2715/90'Elbow 25.6/7.8 48/1220 5.6/8.1 1/2/15/Straight 23.4/7.1 3 1/2715/90'Elbow 30.7/9.3 60/1525 5.6/8.1 1/2/15/Straight 30.2/9.2 4 1/2715/90°Elbow 35.9/10.9 72/1830 5.6/8.1 1/2'/15/Straight 37.0/11.3 4 1/2"/15/90°Elbow 41.1/12.5 31/790 8.0/11.5 3/4/20/Straight 16.8/5.1 2 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 16.8/5.1 36/915 8.0/11.5 3/x'/20/Straight 20/6.0 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 19.7/6.0 48/1220 8.0/11.5 3/4/20/Straight 27.8/8.4 3 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 26.6/8.1 60/1525 8.0/11.5 3/4'/20/Straight 35.7/10.9 4 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 33.6/10.2 72/1830 8.0/11.5 3/4/20/Straight 435/132 4 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 40.6/12.2 31/790 11.2/16.1 3/4'/20/Straight 16.5/5.0 2 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 17.8/5.4 36/915 11.2/16.1 3/4/20/Straight 19.5/5.9 2 3/4"/20/90°Elbow20.7/6.3 ,,. 3/4/20/Straight.. .-syr-sw<ka,5re, 26.7/8 1 araaaxs-,..7-.:� x.-ca m. . 48/1220 11.2/16.1 3/a"/20/90°Elbow 27.9/8.5 3 3/4/20/Straight 33.9/10.3 60/1525 11.2/16.1 — 3/a"/20/90°Elbow --� 35/10.7 4 3/4720/Straight 41.3/12.5 72/1830 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 42.2/12.8 4 31/790 14.0/20.2 3/4/20/Straight 14.9/4.5 2 34720/90°Elbow 15.5/4.72 /4/20/Strai ht __ 19.4/5.9 36/915 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 19.6/5.9 2 48/1220 14.0/20.2 3/4/20/Straight _ 30.3/9.2 3 3/4"/20/90°Elbow 29.5/8.9 60/1525 14.0/20.2 3/4'/20/Straight 33.9/10.3 4 3/a"/20/90°Elbow 34.1/10.4 /4/20/Strai ht 37.5/11.4 3 72/1830 14.0/20.2 3/a"/20/90°Elbow — 38.6/11.7 4 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet,dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13,13R,and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0,2-5,and 2-8.FM 1637 standard for safety include,but are not limited to,pressure cycling,corrosion resistance,flow characterisitics,vibration resistance, leakage,mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE:A 48-inch hose installed with two 30°bends and two 90°bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above.In this example,the total number of degrees is 240°,which is less than the allowable 270°. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 ✓ctaulic' victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE— FRICTION LOSS DATA ® Series AH2 Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 VicFlex Bracket Maximum Equivalent Number Length of Length of of 90°Bends Stainless Steel Outlet 1"/33.7mm at 7"/178mm Flexible Hose K-Factor Size Sch.40 Pipe Bend Radius inches/mm Imperial/S.I. inches/mm feet/meters 31/790 5.6/8.1 1/2715 13.7/4.2 2 , 36/915 5.6/8.1 1/2715 17.0/5.2 2 48/1220 5.6/8.1 1/2715 25.0/7.6 3 60/1525 5.6/8.1 1/2715 33.0/10.1 4 72/1830 5.6/8.1 1/2715 41.1/12.5 4 31/790 8.0/11.5 3/4020 13.6/4.14 2 36/915 8.0/11.5 3/4020 16.9/5.2 2 48/1220 8.0/11.5 3/4720 27.8/8.5 3 60/1525 8.0/11.5 3/4720 32.6/9.9 4 72/1830 8.0/11.5 3/4720 40.6/12.4 4 31/790 11.2/16.1 3/4720 13.7/4.2 2 36/915 11.2/16.1 3/4'720 17.0/5.2 2 48/1220 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 24.9/7.6 3 60/1525 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 32.9/10.0 4 72/1830 11.2/16.1 3/4"/20 40.9/12.5 4 31/790 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 13.5/4.1 2 36/915 14.0/20.2 3/4'/20 16.8/5.1 2 I 48/1220 14.0/20.2 3/4"/20 24.7/7.5 3 it. r 60/1525 14.0/20.2 *�a=-' 3/4'/20 . 32.7/9.9 4 72/1830 14.0/20.2 3/4'/20 - - 40.7/12.4 „ 4 FM NOTES: • The Series AH2 hose has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet,dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13,13R,and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0,2-5,and 2-8.FM 1637 standard for safety include,but are not limited to,pressure cycling,corrosion resistance,flow characterisitics,vibration resistance, leakage,mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • EXAMPLE:A 48-inch hose installed with two 30°bends and two 90°bends is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above.In this example,the total number of degrees is 240°,which is less than the allowable 270°. • • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE — FRICTION LOSS DATA VdS Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB4, ABS, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB1O, AB11 and AB12 Brackets Equivalent Length of Maximum Number Length of steel pipe according to of 90°Bends at Stainless Steel Outlet EN 10255 DN 25 3"/76.2mm Bend Flexible Hose Size I (33,7 x 3,25) Radius mm/inches mm/inches meters/feet meters/feet 31/790 7 5 m mr/z' 5.5/18.0 3 20 mm/3/4" 36/915 15mm//z" ___,__ 6.4/21.0 3 20 mm/3/4" 15mm/'/2" 48/1220 20 mm/3/4" 8.5/27.9 3 60/1525 __. 15mm/'/�" _ 10.7/35.1 4 20 mm/3/4 15mm/Y2 72/1830 12.8/42.0 4 20 mm/3A" VDS CEILING MANUFACTURERS LIST AB1,AB2,AB7,AB10,AB11 AB4 AB5,AB8 1.AMF No specific approval 1.Hilti 2.Armstrong 2.Knauf 3.Chicago Metallic 3.Lafarge 4.Dipling 4.Lindner 5.Durlum 5.Rigips 6.Geipel 7.Gema-Armstrong 8.Hilti 9.Knauf 10.Lafarge 11.Linder 12.Odenwald 13.Richter 14.Rigips 15.Rockfon Pagos 16.Suckow&Fischer 17.USG Donn Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Series AH2 Braided Hose LPCBJ Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7,AB8, ® Style AB1,AB2, AB3,AB4,AB5, AB7, AB8, and AB1O Brackets AB1O and AB12 Brackets Length of Equivalent Length Maximum Stainless of steel pipe Number of Steel according to 90°Bends at Length of Flexible Outlet EN 10255 DN 25 3'776.2mm Flexible Equivalent Length of Hose Size (33,7 x 3,25) Bend Radius Hose 1'733.7 mm Sch.40 Pipe mm mm/inches mm/inches/type meters/feet inches Straight Configuration Bend Configuration 790/31 15mm/1/2"/Straight 790 0.87 2.70 20 mm/3/4"/Straight ' 1.8/6.0 2 31 .— 2.9 — _ 8.9 915/36 20 mm/34/Straight 3.6/11.9 3 915 z •ry- 1.00 2.80 /Straight --- i 36 3.3 1 9.2 15mm/1/2"/Straight 1220 2.23 4.66 1220/48 4.3/14.0 3 20 mm/3/4"/Straight 1._ ______ 48 7.3 15.3 15mm/1/2"/Straight 1525 2.90 6.5 1525/60 4.1/13.6 3 20 mm/3/4/Straight — 60 9.521.3 15mm//z' g/Strai ht 1830 3.331 7.16 1830/72 5.5/18.7 3 20 mm//4 3 "/Straight 72 10.9 23.5 CCCF NOTE • Friction loss data is in accordance with GB5135.16 tested at a flow rate of 114 liters per minute(30 gallons per minute). 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com ✓ctaultc victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNIN • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS -CHARACTERISTICS VicFlexTM Maximum Load Values Series AH2 Hose with 24" Bracket Actual Length Total Load Max.Uniform Load ft Model Size m lb N lb/linear ft N/linear m 2.6 31/790 0.8 5.2 23 2.6 38 36/915 Q 9 5.5 25 2.8 40 48/12201.2 63 28 3.1 46 60/1525 155.. 7.0 31 3.5 51 72/1830 1.8 7.7 34 3.9 57 Series AH2 Hose with 48" Bracket Actual Length Total Load Max.Uniform Load ft Model Size m lb N lb/linear ft N/linearm 31/790 8 6.1 27 1.5 22 0.36/915 p 9 6.4 29 1.6 23 48/12201.2 7.2 32 1.8 26 60/1525 155 7.9 35 2.0 29 72/1830 6 _ 8.7 39 2.2 32 1.8 Total Load is defined as the sum of the weights of the following: • water-filled flexible sprinkler hose with threaded end fittings, including a typical fire sprinkler • bracket assembly (any applicable Victaulic bracket model of the relevant associated size) ASTM C 635: Suspension System Load-Carrying Capabilities(excerpted) Actual Length Min.Allowable Uniform Load Suspension System ft/m lb/linear ft N/linear m Light 5.0 75.7 Direct Hung Intermediate 12.0 181.0 Heavy 16.0 241.7 SUMMARY: All direct-hung suspension system duty classifications per ASTM C 635 are able to withstand the maximum water-filled weight of the VicFlex sprinkler hose and bracket. 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com • • 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS —CHARACTERISTICS (CONTINUED) Flexible Hose In-Plane Bend Characteristics 1i One Bend Two Bends t Three Bends 2X . 2X Minimum Minimum Minimum bend radius bend radius I bend radius I ' OR Minimum I OR bend radius x\9 \ 0° Minimum Y Minimum bend radius I Minimum -- — _ I bend radius bend radius , Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius NOTE For out-of-plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose. J-VicFlex-AR 1-AR2-AR10 J-Vic Flex-ARa l-VicFlex-AR7 t-VirFlex-ARR J-VirFlex-AB4 I-VicFlex-AR 1 2 • • oh User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safety,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to I-VICFLEX-AB1-AB2-AB10,I-VICFLEX-AB4, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation I-VICFLEX-AB7,or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing.Handbooks are guide,or this disclaimer. included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly Intellectual Property Rights data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaullc marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other • countries. • 10.85 5839 Rev AD Updated 08/2018 C 2018 Victaulic Company,All rights reserved. victaulic.com 23 ✓ctau6c COSCO Fire Protection t ion ‘.1.. tic SO O' ,Spet t(tlI`t� Valves COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free: 800-983-6383 Victaulic® FireLock NXTTM Dry Valve jctaulic Series 768N 31.80 . : Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: • 11 —8" /40—200 mm Pressure Class: • Up to 300 psi/2068 kPa/21 Bar Minimum Air Pressure: • 13 psi/90 kPa/.90 Bar Acutation Options: • Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator • Optional: Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Valve Configurations: • Bare • Pre-trimmed: Completely assembled with all necessary trim components. • Vic-Quick Riser: Pre-trimmed and includes: • Shut Off Valve (11/2/40 mm: Series 728 Ball Valve, 2"—8"/50—200 mm: Series 705 FireLock Butterfly Valve) • Pre-set high or low air and alarm pressure switches • Drain kit • Fire-Pac Series 745 (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.23) Pipe Preparation: • Victaulic Original Groove System Application/Media: • For use on fire protection systems only. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date • victaulic.com 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ✓ctauhc ............. victaulic.com . 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS °®' i (LPCB1 ( E LISTED 104-1a/02 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, grade 65-45-12. Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Shafts: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000 Bushings/Seat 0-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series) Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement 1) Ny ( ..' r is - r'�- l'- / l'-- 7 a -tib ,'� 11-11111.-----..., % , _ o _ b 4\L 411 o 4110 0 a The 1/-inch/48.3-mm and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Item Description Item _ Description 1 - 1/alue Body 11 -Cover Plate - _ - ---__ _. 2 Clapper 12 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 13 Cover Plate Bolts 4 Seal Ring 14 Latch 6 Seal Retaining Ring 16 Latch Spring Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 17 Diaphragm 8 1 Clapper Spring ` 18 Diaphragm Cover 9 Clapper Shaft 19 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws(Qty.8) 10 Clapper Shaft Bushing and 0-Ring(Qty.2) 20 Latch Shaft . 4. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 victaulic.cotu 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL (Continued) Standard Trim Package: • Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator—The Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator is pneumatically actuated and requires only 13 psi/90 kPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa. • All required pipe nipples and fittings-standard galvanized finish • All standard trim accessories • All required gauges Optional Trim Package: Black Trim for Foam Systems— If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. Optional Accessories: Alarm Pressure Switch—Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Included in VQR trim. Air Supervisory Pressure Switch—Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low and high system air pressure and are factory pre-set. Included in VQR trim. ❑ Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator—The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 768N Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.64. ❑ Series 760 Water Motor Alarm—The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.32. [ Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device—The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.33. ❑ Series 75D Water Column Kit—The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Refer to Victaulic submittal 30.34. ❑ Air Supply System—The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. ❑ Air Compressor(See page 6 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package) ❑ Air Maintenance Trim Assembly ❑ Fire Alarm Control Panels ❑ Drain Connection Kit— Included in VQR option. r 4,70410 -_ fiaJ 7 ;i L(Ce r s, ;169 • '� 1§✓ l4 J 1. i ti ®fir 16t441°‘ ' orange shadedareas identify components that are optional equipment. These components ere standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. Gray shaded areas Identify components that are optional equipment. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓ctaul,c victaulic.com • • 4.0 DIMENSIONS A m A z"s- L 7 I L /I�Q'IuInU��u lir ��1 B1 111, =�IIIK�AM1t1l j1 A Illi.1"C '��,�� ` Dl i� �iim- I - s�� "y I i a�f � , � o �_-, `r.�c Al -- -= II UI!III`�`r�" 1Y1J 4 it 1 =- I �1 • �H� ` I a Lyam,!.- J }}}.""",111-�.___ v K E-> H C Full Open _ Dimensions LWeight Each Nominal 1 1 1 1 I ithout With Size A Al B B1 B2 C D D1 E j F Fl G H J K L Trim ,Trim inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches(inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs lbs DN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ! mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg 11/2 9.00 16.37 27.75 32.25 46.00 10.25 13.00 16.25 9.00 10.00 5.50 27.25 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.25 16.7 43.0 DN40 228.60 415.80 705 819 1168 } 260 330 413 229 254 140 692 83 260 152 210 7.6 19.5 I 2 9.00 13.83 27.75 32.25 146.00 110.00 13.00 16.50 1 r 9.00 t 10.00 6.75 127.00 3.25 10.25 6.00 8.75 17.0 43.0 I DN50 228.60 351.28 705 819 1168 , 254 330 419 229 254 171 686 83 260 152 222 7.7 19.5 2 1/2 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.291419351 1 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 76.1 mm 12.61 ; 16.51 ,29.50 34.25 '47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 65.0 320.29 419.35 749 ! 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 102 248 165 171 18.7 29.5 3 12.61 16.51 29.50 34.25 47.75 12.50 14.00 18.00 9.50 10.00 8.00 25.50 i 4.00 9.75 6.50 6.75 41.0 66.0 DN80 320.29 419.35 749 870 1213 318 356 457 241 254 203 648 ,j 102 248 165_1 171 18.7 29.9 [ 4 15.03 19.85 30.25 34.75 48.25 15.00 16.00 22.00 11.00 11.25 9.25 25.25 4.75 8.50 8.00 17.00 59.0 95.0 DN100 381.761504.19 768 883 1226 381 1 406 559 279 286 235 641 121 216 203 . 178 26.7 43.0 1165.1 mm 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 50.25 ' 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 11.75 11.75 25.50 4.50 8.25 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 406.40 562.10 794 908 i 1276 1. 387 432 730 279 298 298 648 114 210 210 184 36.2 52.6 6 16.00 22.13 31.25 35.75 1 50.25 15.25 17.00 28.75 11.00 ' 11.75 1 11.75 25.50 4.50 i 8.25 1 8.25 7.25 80.0 116.0 DN150 406.40 562.10' 794 908 i 1276 387 432 730 279 I 298 1 29.8 648 114 I 210 , 210 184 36.2 52.6 8 17.50 23.02 33.00 37.75 51.25 16.25 16.25 25.25 12.25 10.00 13.75 26.00 4.75 8.25 9.25 7.75 122.0 158.0 DN200 444.50 584.71 838 959 1302 413 413 641 311 254 349 660 121 210 235 197 55.3 71.6 NOTES • The"A"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body. • The"Al"dimension is the actual takeout dimension of the valve body with water supply main control valve. • The"Dl"dimension is not a fixed measurement.The drip cup can be rotated to provide more clearance at the back of the trim. • Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. • The recommended drain connection kit(shown in orange)is for reference and takeout dimensions.This drain connection comes standard when the VQR assembly is ordered. • • 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 ✓ctauI c victaulic.com • • 5.0 PERFORMANCE Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65°F/18°C through an open valve. 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 s F -,1 �tiF �h 2.0 ~ ,�ca1 ,�c" of to e , 6 _4 d1.0 ,,,,\- tib` ,t'\ P\ b\ • 0.0 w 0.7 ce 0.6 • 0.5 y 0.4 W d 0.3 0.2 0.1 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,000 800 3,000 8,000 FLOW RATE-GPM Frictional Resistance Cv Values: The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C through a Victaulic Series 768N FireLock NXT. fully open valve are shown in the table below. Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Formulas for Cv values where: Equivalent AP=Q2/Cv2 Flow Coefficient 0, Nominal Actual Length of Q=Cv x VAP Size Outside Diameter Pipe Q(Flow) GPM inches inches feet AP(Pressure Drop) psi DN mm meters 11h 1.900 3.00 Valve Size Full Open DN40 48.3 0.914 ----" Actual 2 2.375 9.00 Nominal Outside DN50 60.3 2.743 Size Diameter Flow Coefficient 21h 2.875 8.00 inches inches C. 73.0 2.438 mm mm 1K 76.1 mm 3.000 8.00 11/ 1.900 60 76.1 2.439 4048.3 52.0 3 3.500 17.00 2 2.375 110 DN80 ,:, _ 88.9 . , 5.182 50 60.3 95.0 4 4.500 21.00 21/ ., ., ' 2.875 -`4^ 180 DN100114.3 6.401 65 73.0 1.56.0 165.1 mm _ 6.500 . 22.00 76.1 mm 3.000 180 165.1 6.706- 76.1 - 156.0 6 6.625 22.00 3 3.500 200 DN150 168.3 6.706 80 88.9 173.0 8 8.625 50.00 4 4.500 350 DN200 219.1 15.240 100 114.3 302.8 165.1 mm 6.500 1000 165.1 865.0 6 6.625 1000 150 168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500 200 219.1 j 1499.1 • • 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulrc victaulic.com • 5.0 PERFORMANCE (Continued) Air Supply Requirements • Minimum: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar regardless of the system water pressure • Maximum Recommended: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Multiple Series 768N FireLock NXT Dry Valves with a common air supply: • Isolate systems with a Victaulic spring—loaded, soft-seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity and serviceability of each system. • Sizing the compressor: • Engineer/system designer is responsible • Entire system must be charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes to meet NFPA requirements • An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation • Compressor filling the system too fast: • May be necessary to restrict the air supply • Ensure that air exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is exhausted • Compressor Requirements • Base or Riser Mounted Compressors: • "On" or "low" pressure setting: 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar • "Off" or "high" pressure setting: 18 psi/124 kPa/1.24 Bar • Victaulic Series 7C7 riser mounted and pre-set for pressure requirements (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.22). • If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with pressure switch should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.36). • Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: • Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be installed (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • 13 psi/90 kPA/.9 Bar should be used as the set point for the air regulator • The compressor cut-in (turn-on) pressure setting should be at least 5 psi/34kPa/34 Bar above the set point of the air regulator. • Exploded View Trim: Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (refer to Victaulic submittal 30.35) • Compressor Requirements and settings for systems installed with series 746 or series 746-LPA dry accelerators • A tank-mounted air compressor with a Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used to supply air to system installed with a Series 746 or Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. • In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection, since air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.AM rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 jctauliC victaulic.com • • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING uo► • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove,adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 30.35:FireLock•"Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757 Submittal 30.36:FireLock."Air Maintenance Trim Assembly Series 757P Submittal 30.22:FireLock®Compressor Package Series 7C7 Submittal 30.32:FireLock.""Water Motor Alarm Series 760 Submittal 30.65:FireLock•""Low Pressure Actuator Series 776 Submittal I-768N:FireLock NXTT' Dry Valve Series 768N Installation Manual • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer. instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • • 31.80 8826 Rev H Updated 11/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 ictauhc IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES t 1 V u 1 • too FireLock® Check Valves c uS ® [Vds) LPCB SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS SERIES 717-cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE-cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB The FireLock Series 717 Check Valve and Series 717H High Pressure Check Valves are CAD- designed for hydrodynamic efficiency and available in 2"/50 mm-3"/80 mm(Series 717H)and 'r 21/2"/65mm-12"/300mm(Series 717)sizes. Series 717H valves are cULus Listed and FM Approved for service up to 365 psi/2517 kPa.See chart below for approved services for the Series 717 valves. In both valve designs,the single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non- slamming operation.This spring-assisted,single-disc design achieves a leak-free seal with as little as 5ft/1.5m of head.Series 717 and 717H FireLock Check Valves can be installed either Series 717 vertically(flow upwards only)or horizontally.A cast flow arrow indicator is provided to assist with (4-127100-300mm) proper valve orientation.Both valves include upstream and downstream pressure taps.Each valve is factory-tested to the rated working pressure.For systems requiring a Riser Check option, refer to publication 10.09. Grooved ends allow fast,easy installation with just two Victaulic couplings or the valve may be r "` mounted to flanged(ANSI CL.150)equipment using either to Victaulic Style 741 Vic-Flange®or Style 744 FireLock flange adapters on either end. Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve (2-3750-80mm) Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717H Size cULus FM LPCB Vds 2750 mm up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa 2 1/27 65 mm up to 365psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa 76.1 mm up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa 3"/80 mm up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa 47100 mm n/a n/a n/a n/a 57125mm n/a n/a rWa n/a 139.7mm n/a n/a rua n/a 6"/150mm n/a Wa Wa n/a 165.1 mm Na n/a n/a n/a 87200mm rt/a Na n/a n/a 10"/250 mm n/a n/a Wa n/a 127300mm r✓a n/a n/a n/a Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717 2750mm n/a n/a n/a n/a 21/2765 mm up to 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a up to 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 76.1 mm up to 250psV1725 kPa n/a up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 3780 mm up to 250 psi/1725 kPa n/a up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 4"/100 mm up to 350psi2413kPa up to 350 psi/2413 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up tol6bar/232psi 57125 mm up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 139.7 mm up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 365 psi/2517kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 6'7150 mm up to 350 psi2413 kPa up to 350 psi/2413 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 165.1 mm up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 87200 mm up to 350psi2413 kPa up to 350 psi/2413 kPa up to 348 psi/2400 kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 107250 mm up to 250 psV1725 kPa up to 250 psi/1725 kPa up to 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a 127300 mm u•to 250•su172SkPa u•to 250•si/1725 kPa u•to 1725 kPa/250•si n/a JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date WWW.VICTAULIC.COM - 1 • _ _ _. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717-cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE-cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB DIMENSIONS-Series 717 Approx. A--DI B Al Size Dimensions-Inches/millimeters Wgt.Ea. Nomura utside 1 1 �Q C ? IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE—cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Body Coating:Series 717H Body: Black Paint Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel Series 717(21 —3"): PPS Coating Series 717(4—12"): Black Paint Body Seat:Series 717H—Nitrile 0-ring installed into an electroless nickel plated endface Series 717(21/2—3"): PPS Coated ductile iron Series 717(4—12"):Welded Nickel Disc Seal or Coating: • Grade"T" Nitrile(Series 717H ONLY) Nitrile(Orange color code).Temperature range—20°F to+180°F/-29°C to+82°C. Recommended for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range;except hot,dry air over+140°F/+60°C and water over+150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. • Grade"E"EPDM (Series 717 ONLY) EPDM (green color code).Temperature range-30"F to+230"F/-34"C to+110"C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLUEM SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Discs: • Series 717H (2—3'/50—80mm):CF8M Cast Stainless Steel • Series 717(21/—3"):Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal • Series 717(4—12'/100—300mm) Elastomer-coated ductile iron Shaft: • Series 717H (2—3'/50-80mm): Brass • Series 717(21/2—3"):Type 416 Stainless Steel • Series 717(4—127100—300 mm)Type 316 Stainless Steel Spring:All sizes Type 302/403 Stainless Steel Shaft Plug: • Series 717H (2—3'/50—80 mm):Type 416 Stainless Steel • Series 717(21/2—12765—300mm): Carbon steel zinc plated Pipe Plug: • Series 717H (2—3'/50—80mm):carbon steel zinc plated • Series 717(4—12'/100—300 mm):Carbon steel zinc plated www.victaulic.com IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The charts below express the flow of water at 60"F/16"C through valve. 5717H/717HR 10 vi a: Occ tn N N 0- 0- 0.1 0.1 10 100 1000 FLOW RATE-G.P.M. 5717H/717HR 100.00 Ci. Y N tCtl �(C`. SCC 10.00 �O .ft,. �� C ti RY 4t 1.00 100 1000 10000 FLOW RATE(Litres/Min) www.victaulic.com _ �, _ IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE—cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The charts below express the flow of water at 60'F/16'C through valve. S717/717R 10 a ��F i is 41, �R FF N � ,� � � 1411/ <;n`,'0 10 o/10. 0.1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 FLOW RATE-G.P.M. S717/717R 100.00 a 1 W10.00 ' fty3f 4!' RY hY O N H W 1.00 10.00 100 1000 10000 100000 FLOW RATE(Litres/Min) www.victaulic.com _ I. _ • IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES , • FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE—cULus, FM,VdS, LPCB INSTALLATION Series 717 and Series 717H Check Valves can be installed either vertically(flow up only)or horizontally (with hinge on top)-making sure the flow arrow matches the flow direction through the pipeline. Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information,visit www.victaulic.com 1n no 1A-In nrv.I nnn11rrn IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE— FIRE PROTECTION VALVE 0.81 co.F re ork® l ottPrfly Valve LIO ` ® VdS LPCB SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR The Series 705 Butterfly Valve features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for �{ indoor or outdoor use,a ductile iron body and disc with Nitrile seats. Designed for fire I protection services only.Victaulic FireLock Series 705 Butterfly Valve is cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for 300 psi/2068 kPa service.Contact Victaulic for details of agency approvals. it APPROVALS AND LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve cULus LPCB 2750mm up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 2 1/2"/65mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 3'/80mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 47100mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 5 7125mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 139.7mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 67150mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 165.1mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 8"/200mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 10 7250mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 12"/300mm u•to 300•si/2068kPa u•to 300•si/2068kPa n/a u•to 300•si/2068kPa tootabi ................... . ... ..... .. . JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com _ / • IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE-FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2-6'150- 150 mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8- 12"/200-300mm: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12 Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12,with electroless nickel coating con- forming to ASTM B-733 Seat: • Grade"T3" Nitrile Stems:416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge:C36000 brass Bearings:Stainless Steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: Nitrile Stem Retaining Ring:Carbon steel Actuator: • 2-8'/50-200mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing • 10- 12'/250-300mm:Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing www.victaulic.com - _ - _. IPS CARBON STEEL. PIPE FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 Fire! nck® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR DIMENSIONS- Siz_ Dimensions Inches/millimeters I 1 Outside End to) :' it .. •• €:ize Diameter) End I Ai 6 • D E FIG , I 2' 2375 4.25 2.28 6.41 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 f�� 60.3 mm 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 - - - 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 \ 2W 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 73 mm 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 _ _ 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 mm 76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 .-F 3' 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 _ _ 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 "- 88.9 mm 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108 mm 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 4" ! 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 (41111iii) 1 114.3 mm j 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 OH 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 ( !I 133 mm 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 mm 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5' 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 _ _ 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 141.3, 141.3 mm 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 : 1( - ,,, 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159 mm i 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 ~ 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 ~ E- A .-p 165.1 mm 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 - 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6` i 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 _ 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 Note:Optional 1/2715mm tap available. 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 Contact Victaulic for details. 8" 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 mm j 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 { 10" 110.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 _ 273 mm 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 12" 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 _ 323.9 mm 1 323.9 165.1 186.9 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 www.victaulic.com _ IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 1 0.8 1 FireLo :k® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/ meters of straight pipe. Size Size i Actual 1 /Nominal Z rutside Nominal Outside Size D ,- ameter Equiv. Size Diameter ` Equiv. % Inches Inchesf' Feet/m Inches Inches i Feet/m #. mm mm 1 of Pipe 2 2.375 6 6 6.625 14 50 60.3 1.8 150 168.3 4.2 242 2.875 6 14 159 mm 159 mm 65 73.0 1.8 4.3 76.1 mm 3.000 6 165.1 mm 6.500 14 76.1 1.8 165.1 4.2 3 3.500 7 8 8.625 16 80 88.9 2.1 200 219.1 4.9 4 4.500 8 10 10.750 18 100 114.3 2.4 250 273.0 5.5 108 mm 108 mm 8 12 12.750 19 2.4 300 323.9 5.8 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 3.7 133 mm 133 mm 12 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 139.7 3.7 www.victaulic.com _ 4. _ _ _. _m IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE Cv values for flow of water at+60°F/+16°C with a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details,contact Victaulic. Formulas for Cv Values: AP = Q2 Where: C 22 Q=Flow(GPM) V AP=Pressure Drop(psi) Q = Cv x AP Cv=Flow Coefficient Size C Size Cv Size Cv Actual Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Nominal ra Outside Size Diameter Size .,?,,.x3, Size Diameter Inches Inches Inches '';inches Inches mm mm (Full Open) rem mm mm (Full 2.375 5 5.563 8 8.625 60.3 125 i 141.3 200 219.1 21/2 2'875 260 133 mm 133 mm 1200 10 10.750 5800 65 73.0 250 273.0 76.1 mm 3.000 260 139.7 mm 5.500 1200 12 12.750 9000 76.1 I 139.7 300 323.9 3 3.500 6 ! 6.625 80 88.9 440 150 j 168.3 1800 4 4.500 I 100 114.3 820 159 mm 159 mm 1800 108 mm 108 mm 820 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 Formulas for Kv Values: AP = Q2 Where: Q=Fbw(nc) Q = Ky x AP AP=Pressure(bar) lc=Flow Factor Size K„ Size KSize K5 i' Actual Actual Nominal Outside Nominal Outside Size Diameter Size AiDiameter h, v.fiches Inches Inches Inches ym mm (Full Open) mm mm 2.375 5 5.563 8 8.625 60.3 147 125 141.3 1040 200 219.1 2940 21/2 2875225 133 mm + 133 mm 1040 10 10.750 5020 65 73.0 250 273.0 76.1 mm ; 3.000 225 139.7 mm 5.500 1040 12 12.750 7790 76.1 139.7 300 323.9 3 3.500 6 6.625 80 88.9 380 150 168.3 1560 4 4.500 - ..001/12,......24amtetea,.e,...:.. ,s...,�-.......e_ .. " 100 114.3 710 159 mm 159 mm ' 1560 ' 108 mm 108 mm 710 165.1 mm 6.500 1560 165.1 www.victaulic.com IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10■81 FireLock® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR SWITCH AND WIRING 1.The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre-wired switches. 2.Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps @ 250 VDC 3.Switches supervise the valve in the"OPEN" position. 4.One switch has two#18 insulated wires per terminal,which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below).The second switch has one#18 insulated wire per termi- nal.This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm,in the area that the valve is installed. 5.A#14 insulated ground lead(green)is provided. Switch#1 =S1 For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch#2=S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Normally Closed: (2) Blue S1 Common:(2)Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common:Yellow with Orange Stripe UL LISTED 1l1NCTION BOX 7 FSE ALARM f0 END-OF-LINE RESISTOR 'Pe/ CONTROL PANEL OR NEM INDICATOR CONDOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUITiOU • Eh� Z PT CONTACITa T RATING: _, 11111 CONDOR CONNECTORS ` 10A AT 125 AND !I 250VAC, EM _ 05A AT 125 025 AT 250VDCVDC ' ME NUTS BELL OR IIIIII NMI VOLTAGE SOURCE HORN Switch 1:2 leads per terminal Switch 2:1 lead per terminal NOTE:The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal(yellow—S1 and yellow-with-orange stripe—S2)and the normally closed terminal(blue—S1 and blue-with-orange stripe—S2). In this example,the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open,the indicator light and alarm will go out.Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only S1 (two leads per terminal)may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70(NEC). www.victaulic.com _ A. _ • .::1► EL PIPE F14,PROTECTION VALVES , • k® Butterfly Valve SERIES 705 WITH WEATHERPROOF ACTUATOR • WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. • NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the installation sheet included with the valve.Verify you have the latest revision by visiting our website at www.victaulic.com. Further reference can be found in the I-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook. Fe :— -s.,.-..,s,Y,,,,sas«.sta. -#a�.+a.-<.:w.;o®.C-:..«L:a..�.A..;--:.,.:a,A.a........i r_. .-. - ,. ,xs2r•.. ��..-....w.:.w:.,d..>37kWa...+..w...cd For completecon 'n tactinformation,visit www.victaulic.com eDEVI f• POTTER PAV The Symbol of Protection POTTER AIR VENT UL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Branch line applications per UL subject 2573—"Automatic Air Release Valves for Fire Protection Service" FM Approved"Automatic Air Release Valve for Sprinkler Systems" Service Pressure: Up to 175 PSIG Temperature Range: 40°F to 120°F(4.5°C to 49°C) Air Vent: 1/2" NPT inlet/1/2"MNPT outlet to drain 5/64"Orifice Brass construction Optional Accessories: Ball valve supervisory switch model RBVS(Supervisory switch only)Used to monitor the position of the isolation valve. Outdoor vent screen assembly for outdoor installations above 40°F.See Figure 2. Ordering Information: Stock No. Model/Description 1119720 PAV-Potter Air vent Optional Equipment: Stock No. Model/Description 5020384 Outdoor Vent Screen Assembly 1000040 RBVS Retrofit Ball Valve Switch(w/o cover tamper) 1000035 RBVS-T Retrofit Ball Valve Switch(w/cover tamper) GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1. Read and understand the instructions provided before you proceed The PAV is an automatic float type air vent used to reduce the amount with installation.The PAV shall be installed in accordance with local of air trapped in a pressurized fire sprinkler system. Reducing the ordinances and the applicable NFPA13,NFPAI3D, or NFPA13R amount of air in a fire sprinkler system is essential to help protect the standard. system piping from the effects of corrosion that is often found at the 2. The Engineer of Record should select the Model PAV,Potter air/water interface in the fire sprinkler system piping. Air Vent installation location. Usually at a point in the system that will vent the most air. Removing as much air as possible will also have a positive effect on 3. The location of the PAV must not interfere with the spray pattern the performance of vane type waterflow detectors. The operation of any sprinkler head. The connection point must be off the top of vane type waterflow detectors can be delayed or prevented if too of much air is trapped in the systempiping. the pipe. (See Fig. 1) PP Y 4. The piping must be level or pitch back toward the fire sprinkler The intent of the product is to vent as much air from the fire sprinkler system piping and arranged in such a manner that water will not system as possible. The PAV provides automatic venting of air as the become trapped. system is being filled. Furthermore,trapped air can also be vented 5. Immediately after installation and filling of the fire sprinkler system, as the air in the system migrates to the vent location over time. The the PAV should be inspected for leaks and proper operation. air vent will automatically close when water reaches the vent. The The unit should be inspected periodically.Thereafter the PAV provides a 1/2"NPT-male connection which will allow installers manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently. to safely pipe to a drain,any inadvertent discharge of water that is 6. Inspection should include removal and cleaning of the strainer inherent in the operation of the automatic air vent. screen. Remove the screen and flush with clean water. INSTALLATION AND SERVICING(See Figures 1 -2) Use a wire brush if necessary to remove any particles trapped in the screen. NOTICE 7. Pipe the output of the air vent to a drain or other suitable location in the event there is an inadvertent discharge of water from the vent. It is strongly recommended to install a ball valve in line with the REPLACEMENT PAV to assist in servicing the strainer without disabling the sprinkler The vent used in the PAV is not field replaceable. If the vent should fail, system. the entire unit must be replaced. Potter Electric Signal Company,LLC•St.Louis,MO•Cust Service:866-572-3005•Tech Support:866-956-0988•Canada 888-882-1833•www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401165-REV D PAGE 1 OF 2 g/11 P POTTER PAV ® The Symbol of Protection POTTER AIR VENT FIG.1 PAV OUTLINE DRAWNG t 7716" > (--, A POTTER RBVS(OPTIONAL) I t "_ AVAILABLE FROM POTTER w DISTRIBUTION 16 ,1 a pirir t rt, r— ii, ,..._ r r-F in kip ,=:, - - 7' (centerline) 0 1, / ---..... — — _ -1]=[ir , v PIPING CONNECTION FROM TOP OF // SPRINKLER PIPING 40 MESH TYPE STRAINER NOTE:It is strongly recommended to install \ a ball valve and nipple(supplied by SPRINKLER PIPING others). DWG#1165-2 FIG.2 PAV ASSEMBLY 1/2"MALE NPT DRAIN 5020384 CONNECTION / OUTDOOR VENT SCREEN ASSEMBLY r » AIR VENT VALVE -� ELBOW 1/2"X 2" 1/2"BALL VALVE O111‘ M NIPPLE I 1/2"CLOSE NIPPLE A'''' J 1 wo SCREEN `\\%IL) 4� /floc- ,ft- _ CAP 1 1/2"X 2"NIPPLE V. 11,,/�'��i I/2"STRAINER �11 1/2"CLOSE NIPPLE OOO 1/2"90°ELBOW 1/2"UNION CONNECTION 1/2"CLOSE NIPPLE DWG#1165-1-B NOTE:It is strongly recommended to install a ball valve and nipple before the strainer.The ball valave and nipple are supplied by others. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401165-REV D PAGE 2 OF 2 8/11 Model 1011T TESTANDRAIN® Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve with Pressure Gauge for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve ,2Po Sizes: 125 175 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2"" 2Ir 75 25 fa a 250 25 275 t Q I° d' The AGF Model 1011T TESTANDRAIN "" `"'" provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi-story • installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011A fea- tures a Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drain pipe, 31/" Model 7500 Pressure Gauge and 3-Way Globe Valve. 1 S The Model 1011T is available in a full range of sizes (3/4" to 2') with NPT connections *15113AAIN LL 4` 140000.1 BSPT available .The Model 7000 Pressure ` ° ' ?° Relief Valve (UUFM) features a flushing �n ",," � • handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other 111 pressure ratings available) ,';.w ` • Complies with NFPA 13 Requirements • Compact, Single-Handle Ball Valve • Tamper-Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses • 300 PSI rated. • Specifiable orifice sizes: 3/s" (2.8K), 7/16" (4.2K), 1/" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), 5/6" (11.2K, ELO), 3/4" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 • Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes • Includes Model 7500 Pressure Gauge and UUFM Model 7600 Globe Valve 4111011111111111 • Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing ' • Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN° valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer(1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90%and 105%of their rating.The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80%of that rating.The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance.Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational.A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility SS-M1011T_V001•06/13 TESTANDRAIN Is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 10111 LISTEDAP c0DRAIN®TESTAN ® Model 1011T 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve, Model 7500 Pressure Gauge, and Model 7600 1/4" 3-Way Globe Valve Dimensions Model 1011T - Front View SIZE A B C D E F ��c,a 101/4" 33/8" 113/16" 49/16" 63/8" 83/4" 4 s� (256 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) (119 mm) r �IDmo s 1 101/4" 33/8" 113A6" 49/16" 63/8" 83/4" F INLET A —• (256 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) (119 mm) .—e— oQ®�j•o 101/2" u 71/2" n �s ° 11/4" 35/8" 115/16" 59/1 s 9 TO (263 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) (225 mm) J.J �n I II (263 111/2" u u 81/4" E V �I drl 11/z" 37/s 25/s 107/8" 911A6" I 1 1 � � = 1 (288 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) (242 mm) J 1 %IiSSi� ve;$3 Ir 2" 111/2" 37/8" 25/8" 81/4" 107/8" 911A6" (288 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) (242 mm) The Model 1011T provides the following... From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Orifice Sizes Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. %", '/7s",1/2", 17/32",%" ELO*, Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s)— 3/4" ESFR*, and K25 &8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System)test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow... using an approved sight test Materials connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice Handle Steel giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Stem Rod Brass Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Ball C.P. Brass Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of Body Bronze the waterflow alarm. Valve Seat Impregnated Teflon"' Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System)a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, Indicator Plate Steel terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice,to provide Relief Valve Bronze a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Bypass FittingsBrass Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection...with a shutoff valve and plug not less Bypass TubingNylobraid than 1",at least one of which shalt be brass. Ctlapter 7:1.2 - a wet pipe system shall tie provided with alisted relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at Approvals a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. UL and ULC Listed: Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 -consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (EX4019&EX4533) (pressure relief)valve Chapter 8.16.1.2.2 Pressure gauges shall be installed on the inlet and outlet sides of FM Approved each pressure reducing valve. NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE ID NIL USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending AGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Name: G100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Architect: Phone:610-240-4900 Fax:610-240-4906 Engineer: www.testandrain.com Contractor: 'Available on 11/2"to 2"size units only• "Available on 11/2"and 2"size units only Model 2511 A ,i1PAN DRAIN® Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve C � USAPPROVED 1 " 114" 2u • The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 2511A TESTANDRAIN®matches all the features and benefits of our Model 2500 by providing both the test function and the express drain function r °' t. in a multistory installation for a wet fire sprinkler 4 +,. system, with the added feature of an integral ,,. Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drain- 'iii age piping. ' . ; • The 2" Model 2511A features a groove x groove rwirmso r,_r connection. • The Model 2511A complies with the require- r,a ments of NFPA-13 that stipulate a pressure relief fir, valve be installed on all gridded systems and ' downstream of all pressure reducing valves(see ) „, - -31 • reverse). ( • The Model 2511A TESTANDRAIN® is a multi- .. direction, compact single handle ball valve i which includes a tamper resistant test orifice and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and t : ; !� is 300 PSI rated. Grooved , •The Model 2511A TESTANDRAIN®provides an ,. .,_.. er'- iso alternate handle location from the Model 1011A V, for difficult install situations •Available in 1" and 11/4" NPT and 2" Groove, with all specifiable orifice sizes%" (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), th" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), 5/a" (11.2K, ELO), 34" (14.0K, ESFR) and K25 as required by NFPA 13, 2007 Edition (see reverse). • The included UL/FM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve features a flushing handle and is factory rated at 175 PSI. Other pressure settings are available and may be substituted. • Designed to relieve excess system pressure caused by surges or temperature changes as well as solve the dif- ficult problem of providing the relief valve with a convenient drainage-piping outlet. • Shipped with relief valve and bypass drain ports plugged to expedite pressure testing the system. • A locking kit is available and can be ordered with the valve to provide vandal resistance or prevent uninten- tional alarm activation. • Repair kits including (1) adapter gasket, (1) ball, (2)valve seats, (1)stem packing, and (1) stem washer are avail- able for all TESTANDRAIN®valves. Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve.Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90%and 105%of their rating.The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80%of that rating.The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for main- tenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational.A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS2511A 10/09 Model 2511A AP c ous ESTAN DRAIN® FM Model 2511A 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve APPROVED Factory Rated at 175 PSI with other settings available MODEL 2511A - PLAN VIEW MODEL 2511A - DRAIN TO RIGHT INLET RELIEF VALVE INLET -(((\ � ` f RELIEF VALVE �,`�_ 1 DRAINN 0W , 1I I0 .;{,1,,•_ 1 ' F DRAIN B • 1�1��:'.•: P.:O`J` '�:•:::`:��,:• � idp_ip O' 4 H JI Oka r G JJ ■�I '1 A A •I DIMENSIONS MATERIALS Orifice Size Available:3/8",7/A6",' ", 17/32", ELO(5/8"), ESFR(3/4")", K25" Handle:Steel SIZE A B C D E F G H Stem: Rod Brass Ball:C.P. Brass 1 83/4" 21/4" 11/4" 31/2" 33/e 113/16" 25/8" 41/4" Body: Bronze (222 mm) (57 mm) (32 mm) (89 mm) (86 mm) (44 mm) (67 mm) (108 mm) Valve Seat: Impregnated Teflon® 11/4" 101A6" 21/2" 13/8" 37/s" 33/8" 21/2" 31A6" 43/4" Indicator Plate:Steel (256 mm) (64 mm) (35 mm) (98 mm) (86 mm) (54 mm) (78 mm) (121 mm) Relief Valve: Bronze 123/4" 3" 11446" 413/A6" 55/8" 25/2" 33/4" 57/2" Bypass ittings: Brass 2 t (324 mm) (76 mm) (46 mm) (122 mm) (143 mm) (67 mm) (95 mm) (149 mm) Bypass TTubing: Nylobraid *Available on 11/4"to 2" size units only APPROVALS ""Available on 2" size units only UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 t 2" M2500 is Groove x Groove only &EX4533) FM Approved THE MODEL 251 1 A PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING... NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s)-shall be provided with a drain connection &8.16.2.4.3 having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System)test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow... using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be readily accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System)a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter,terminating in a smooth bore corrosion- resistant orifice,to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1",at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 -a gridded wet pipe system shall be provided with a relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure,whichever is greater. .:«««« �1 '4'4 Chapter 8.16.1.2.3" A relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the `« pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding 175 PSI. �1ot=1 Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 -consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the(pressure relief)valve MADE IN D.S.A. USA Patent # 4741361 and Other Patents Pending AGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Name: G100F A Quaker Lane,Malvern, PA 19355 Phone:610-240-4900 Architect: Fax:610-240-4906 Engineer: www.testandrain.com Contractor: FOR DRY SYSTEMS Model 3011BV AG ' INsPEcT0R'sTEST® Remote Inspector's Test for Dry Systems c ® us 111211°► 1 " APPROVED • The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 3011 BV INSPECTOR'sTEST® is designed to perform the remote inspector's test function as required for dry pipe systems by NFPA 13, 2007 Edition (see reverse). --- • The Model 3011 BV INSPEcroR'sTEST® is a single handle bronze ball valve rated at 300 PSI. r, •Available with test orifice sizes of 3/8" (2.8K), 7/16" ` :' (4.2K), 1/2" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), and 5/8" (11.2K, ELO). top. — t , ' _ • The Model 3011 BV INSPEcroR'sTEST® is also .‘,11,i a ''4 - available with optional sight glass as the Model i"� 47,....,! , 3011SG. Other products available in the 3011 9l. . ._;. a ,.....,. - family include the Model 3011A (which includes a Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drainage piping) and the Model 3011ASG, (which includes a sight glass, along with the Model 7000 Pres- sure Relief Valve with drainage piping.) OLD WAY NEW WAY MODEL 3011 SG WITH SIGHT GLASS IIE ._ Branch Line IIIII Note:To Minimize MN \ illimillk M Condensation of E M • ME Water in the Drop to — I ix_ Pitch the Test Connection, ,i t Provide a Nipple Up Integral Test Valve in Readily off the Branch Line Orifice Accessible Location\ in Valve l'i! Plug—for Testing, UnionIIy� a Remove and Install Temporary — - a Connection ' 45'Elbow / � Fil \\Smooth,Bore I� ■ipi II " Corrosion-Resistant r7 \1/2"S stem No Orifice Outlet Giving Flow Y Equivalent to One Access Port Required Sprinkler ADVANTAGES • Hours spent testing, draining, reactivating, and component installation are now reduced to minutes. • Sight glass option saves time witnessing flow from the exterior of the building. Reliability, Versatility, Code Compatibility INSPECTORSTEST is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS3011 DRY 3/08 FOR DRY SYSTEMS Model 3011BV Et , , c el.1 u s iNspEcToRisTEsT ® Model 3011 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve APPBOV® MODEL 3011 BV DIMENSIONS Orifice Size Available:3/8",7A6", 1/2", 11/32", ELO(5/8") B Model A B 3011 31A6" 411/16" �N= (75 mm) (118 mm) MATERIALS A O Handle:Steel m�ll Stem: Rod Brass Ball:C.P. Bronze Body: Bronze 111111 . Valve Seat:Virgin Teflon® Sight Glass: Bronze&Glass Hex Plug: Brass THE MODEL 3011 BV PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING... APPROVALS From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13: UL and ULC Listed: EX4019 Paragraph 8.17.4.3.1,8.17.4.3.2 Dry Pipe Systems FM Approved A trip test connection not less than 1" (25 mm)in diameter terminating NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice,to provide flow equivalent ,fi«.: to one sprinkler of a type installed on the trip test connection,shall "`r`*. #„##,,..: be located on the end of the most distant sprinkler pipe in the upper .`.'* �, story and shall be equipped with a readily accessible shutoff valve ��, — and plug not less than 1" (25 mm)at least one of which shall be brass. MADE IN U.S.A. THE MODEL 3011 FAMILY... I , , I c A 3011 BV 3011 SG 3011A 3011 ASG USA Patent # 4971109 and Other Patents Pending AGF Manufacturing Inc. Job Name: AG100 Quaker Lane,Malvern, PA 19355 Phone:610-240-4900 FFax:610-240-4906 Architect:Engineer: www.testandrain.com Contractor: COSCO Fire Protection ire PrOtel AIM/ .14 1: Seismic Bracing COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 Seismic Bracing Fig. 4L- Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment It TOLCO Size Range: 21/2" (65mm)through 8" (200mm) IPS. 41> Material: Steel APPROVED Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. set Bolt&Hardware Included Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 21/2"(65mm) se /I through 8" (200mm) pipe. %' For UL Listed information refer to page 50. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the"braced pipe"attachment f component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be A combined with the "bracing pipe"and TOLCO structural attachment 4) component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or FM guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper L brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. c Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. 1r 71. „, '.. A/ r . 1-AL-idi' -m tai 4 y yr Iii . t I. p 2 4-Way Riser Brace I I.. .1 (plan view) Longitudinal Brace Pipe Max.Rec.Load(FM) Approx. Part Size A C D Bolt Size 300-44° 45°-59° 600-74° 750-90° Wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 41-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4" (69.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 253 (114.7) 41-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 1030 (4.58) 1180 (5.24) 1420 (6.31) 1590 (7.07) 268 (121.51 41-4 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33/8" (85.7) 311/16"193.7) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 348 (157.8) 41-5 5" (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 380 (172.3) 41-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 530 (2.36) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8"(142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 490 (2.18) 680 (3.02) 830 (3.69) 930 (4.13) 728 (330.2) FM Approved when used with 1", 11/4", 11/2"or 2" Sch. 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line Fire Protection Solutions 51 by E:7•N Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8"to 3/4" ®TOLCO Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1"(25mm)thru 2" (50mm), B-Line APPROVED 12 gauge(2.6mm)channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4"131.7mm)thick. Material: Steel \*,, Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment t4z.sn*. opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. D NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures ` verification of proper installation. A Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component -FB of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe"and TOLCO "braced pipe"attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, Set Bolt 4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing Included assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. Mounting Hardware Is Not Included To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe".Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off.Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals:—Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering(FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 66. itsuc‘iiihit ii Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001,4L or other TOLCO ;fp approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Fig.980 Order By: Figure number and finish. i `; Pat.#6,273,372,Pat.#6,517,030, Pat.#6,953,174, Pat.#6,708,930,Pat.#7,191,987, Pat.#7,441,730, Pat.#7,669,806 r° Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Fig.4L ';s ik• Lateral Brace Longitudinal 4 Brace :7 Part Mtg.Hdw. Mounting Hole Max.Design Load**(FM) Approx. Number Size A B D 30°-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs./(kN) Ibs./(kN) lbs./(kN) Ibs./(kN) lbs. (kg) 980-3/8 3/8" (9.5) 51/4"(133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/32"(10.3) 149 (67.6) 980-1/2* 1/2"(12.7) 51/4"(133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32"(13.5) 1320 1970 2310 2550 148 (67.1) 980-5/8 5/8"(15.9) 51/4"(133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 11/16"(17.5) (5.87) (8.76) (10.27) (11.34) 147 (66.7) 980-3/4 3/4"(19.0) 51/4"(133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/16"(20.5) 146 (66.2) * Standard size. ** Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line,except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line Fire Protection Solutions 67 Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment QITOLGO Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm)thru 8"(200mm) IPS. 41:0► Pipe size used for bracing: 1"(25mm)and 11/4"(32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. APPROVED Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. C� Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe \1 length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Set Bolts Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in Included visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. \`` Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced \` and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out.A minimum of 1" (25mm)pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 70. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes 1 , and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe 0 ` r size used for bracing (1" (25mm)or 11/4"(32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly.To ensure performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Design Load-For Sch.7,Sch.10,&Sch.40 Pipe Pipe Part Number&Approx.Wt./100 Allowable Horizontal Capacity(lbf)Per Installation 1.23 Size 1"(24mm)Brace Pipe 11/4"(32mm)Brace Pipe 30°-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) 11/4"(32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2"140) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2"(65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800 (3.56) 1130 (5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.85) 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X11/4 238.8 (108.3) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091,EN 10255H,or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as"Schedule 7".These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H,or JIS G3454,FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. HOPI 11111 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line Fire Protection Solutions 71 by E:T•N COSCO ••••••• Fire Protection I i t note,tiotr am/ t ife ," /e1: ,ti'r,rirtli+t; Pipe Hangers COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 Upper Attachments Fig. 75- Swivel Attachment ®TOI.CD Size Range:—3/8"-16 Rod Attachment COUS Material: Steel LISTED Function: Recommended applications for this product: • May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. • May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL)and ` \ Canada (cUL)to support up to 4" (loomm) pipe. rr,, Finish: Electro Galvanized Weight: Approx.Wt./100- 13.3 Lbs. (6.0kg) ftc., cts __i Order By: Figure number Patent:#7,887,248 r.:: r 6 Fig.78 All Steel 'O Ceiling Plate t -1:i Fig.75 Swivel DAttachment 3 m eo ® Fig.200 All Threaded Rod h "Trimline" N Adjustable 1-1 Band Hanger _L_ ifFig.25 Surge Restrainer U May be used as a structural attachment - component of a branch line restraint Q�°�®et° Fig.65XT Reversible �- V, Beam Clamp W-Beam_ ss‘ Fig.75 Swivel Attachment rilliiiiilit 4 ill, All Threaded Rod May be used with a pitched roof application,to meet requirements of NFPA 13(2010)Sec.9.1.2.5. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line by E.1•N 86 Fire Protection Solutions Pipe Hangers TOLCOT" Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger TOLCOT" Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining for Copper Tubing TOLCOT" Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated TOLCOTM Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Removable Nut(For sizes 1" thru 2") Size Range: A COUS Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm)thru 8" (200mm) pipe Overall Height Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications B LISTED Center of pipe to top of knurled hanger rod nut. Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. D Top of pipe to bottom of hanger rod nut. Features: ,as • 1/2" (15mm)thru 2" (50mm) sizes have flared edges for ease of -i Fig. - V installation on all pipe types and protects CPVC plastic pipe from \ 200 132& abrasion. Captured knurled nut design (flared top)on 1" thru 2" sizes 200 ,,' ,_ /a p keep nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed � �,=_,. 11 around pipe. I • 1/2" 115mm), 3/4" (20mm), and 21/2" (65mm)thru 8" (20omm)) Spring I\ B tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Knurled nut is easily removed. A • For 1/2" (15mm) and 3/4" (20mm)sizes with non-captured knurl nuts order Fig. 200S Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm)thru 8" (2oomm)) Fig. in the USA(UL)and Canada (cUL)for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Fi9 200-21/2 to 200-8 Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (3/4" (20mm)thru 8" (200mm)). 200-1 to Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E&A-A-1192A,Type 10 200-2 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69&SP-58, Type 10. R Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel Mii + materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. 44.'-, Order By: Part number and pipe size (4.0) (sts) 1 ** Note: For metric hanger rod sizes add the ' 'I► metric rod size to the figure number. Example: 200M8-11/2 or 200M10-11/2 Fig.200C Fig.200F Fig.200 Fig.200&Fig.200S 200C-11/2 shown 200F-11/2 shown shown with captured nut shown with 1"thru 2"sizes only non-captured nut Pipe Size Rod Size A B D Max.Rec.Load Approx.Wt./100 Part No.** in. (mm) in. mm** in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/s"-16 M8 or M10 31/8" (79.4) 25/s" (66.7) 111/32"(34.1) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4' (20) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) 11/16" (27.0) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.01 200-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 33/8" (85.7) 25/8" (66.7) 11/8" (28.61 400 (1.78) 12 (5.51 200-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 33/4" (94.0) 27/8" (73.0) 15/32" (29.3) 400 (1.78) 13 (5.91 200-11/2 11/2" (40) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 37/8" (98.4) 27/a" (73.0) 13/16" (30.2) 400 (1.78) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 41/2" (114.3) 3" (76.3) 13/16" (30.2) 400 (1.78) 15 (6.91 200-21/2 21/2" (65) 3/8"-16 M10 55/8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 17/16" (36.5) 600 (2.67) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/8"-16 M10 57/8" (149.1) 4" (101.6) 11/4" (31.7) 600 (2.67) 29 (13.3) 200-31/2 31/2" (90) 3/8"-16 M10 73/8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.31 23/16" (55.6) 600 (2.67) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/8"-16 M10 73/8" (187.31 5" (127.0) 13/8" (34.9) 1000 (4.45) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"-13 M12 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 311/32"(84.9) 1250 (5.56) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"-13 M12 101/8" (257.21 63/4" (171.4) 27/32" (56.3) 1250 (5.56) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2"-13 M12 131/8" (333.4) 83/4" (222.2) 37/32" (81.7) 1250 (5.56) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Pipe Hangers&Supports 60 Eaton MIGTI The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 17. Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVol2/ CA: http://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVoI2CA/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am — 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or HNATechnicalServicesCa7hilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or CATechnicalServiceshilti.com Hilti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Plano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www.hilti.com Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 3.3.7.1 Product description 3.3.7.1 Product description KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)anchors are Product features 3.3.7.2 Material specifications comprised of a body with an internally • Suitable for cracked and 3.3.7.3 Technical data threaded hex washer head.The anchor uncracked normal-weight 3.3.7.4 Installation instructions is manufactured from carbon steel and and lightweight concrete,and 3.3.7.5 Design guidelines is heat treated. It has a minimum 0.0003 lightweight concrete over inch(8 pm)zinc coating in accordance metal deck. 3.3.7.6 Ordering information with DIN EN ISO 4042.The internally • Suitable for seismic and threaded head is larger than the nonseismic loads. , •diameter of the anchor and is formed Ouick and easy to install. with serrations on the underside.The • Thread design enables quality anchor body is formed with threads setting and exceptional load values in wide variety of base running most of the length of the material strengths. l anchor body.The anchor is installed in . Anchor is fully removable ' a predrilled hole with a powered impact • Anchor size is same as drill wrench or torque wrench.The anchor bit size. threads cut into the concrete on the • Suitable for reduced edge sides of the hole and interlock with distances and spacing. ' the base material during installation. 3.3.7.2 Material Applicable base materials include 3.3.7 normal-weight concrete,structural specifications lightweight concrete and lightweight KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors are concrete over metal deck. manufactured from carbon steel. Guide specifications The anchors are bright zinc plated to a minimum thickness of 8 pm. ` ). i Screw anchors shall be i,. KWIK HUS-EZ I as supplied by 3.3.7.3 Technical I, Hilti, Inc.Anchors shall be data 1 ii.00 manufactured from heat treated 3.3.7.3.1 ACI 318-14 4 carbon steel material,zinc plated to a Chapter 17 design minimum thickness of 8 pm.Anchors The technical data contained in this Listings/Approvals shall be installed using a drill bit of section are Hilti Simplified Design ICC-ES(International Code Council) same nominal diameter as anchor. Tables. The load values were ESR-3027 City of Los Angeles developed using the design parameters Research Report No.25897 and variables of ESR-3027 and the FM(Factory Mutual) equationsPipe Hanger Components for Automatic of ACI 318 14 Chapter 17. Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 internal For a detailed explanation of the Hilti threaded diameter anchor Simplified Design Tables,refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR- Es (LA Ogg 3027 are not contained in this section, APPROVED but can be found at www.icc-es.org or Independent code evaluation at www.hilti.com. IBC®/IRC®2015 IBC®/IRC®2012 IBC®/IRC®2009 IBC®/IRC®2006 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espariol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 329 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 1 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I specifications1'2 Figure 1 - KWIK HUS-EZ I anchor Nominal anchor installation details Setting diameter information Symbol Units 1/4 Nominal bit diameter dbt in. 1/4 --wrench size Nominal embedment h..m in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 y.. da Effective embedment het in. 1.18 1.92 pr Minimum hole depth ho in. 2 2-7/8 11101 ft-lb 18 {anal / he h Installation torque T. no,„ Inst (Nm) (24) / ha Wrench size in. 7/16 1 T,,, is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. OPPIP 2 See table 2 and figure 5 of section 3.3.6 for spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness paall - rameters dim Table 2-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete"2,3,4,5 Nominal Nominal Tension-4No Shear-qVn anchor embed. f'a=2,500 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'0=6,000 psi f'e=2,500 psi f',=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'0=6,000 psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 765 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 1/4 (41) (2.6) (2.8) (3.0) (3.4) (4.8) (5.2) (6.0) (7.4) 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,365 2,235 2,450 2,825 3,460 (64) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (9.9) (10.9) (12.6) (15.4) Table 3-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete1'2.3,45 Nominal Nominal Tension-ON. Shear-ilVn anchor embed. f'a=2,500 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'a=4,000 psi f'a=6,000 psi f'a=2,500 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'0=6,000 psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 300 315 345 390 765 835 965 1,180 1/4 (41) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.7) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) 2-1/2 760 830 960 1,175 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 (64) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) (7.1) (7.7) (8.9) (10.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 and 6 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A,as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-a,...=0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-aNSe, =0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 4-Steel design strength for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors1'2 Nominal anchor Nominal internal Tensile' Shear' Seismic shears diameter thread diameter ON. tVsa V. in. lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4-20 3,680 815 365 1/4 UNC (16.4) (3.6) (1.6) 3/8-16 3,680 790 670 UNC (16.4) (3.5) (3.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tension 1:1;Nsa=ipAS,Nf,,, as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear determined by static tests with ctrVsa<0.6ilA,, fwa as noted inACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with IN ed<_(1)0.60 A„,,fe,a as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 330 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hiki.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 5-Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in uncracked concrete1"2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear° uncracked concrete 'AN fRN 'AV fR„ fR„ f„v Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 hnom (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a .j; 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a S 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a o 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a • 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a 8 d 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 m 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 v� s 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 cp 2 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 Y 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 • 0 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 Y 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 c 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 10 (254) 0.89 a 11 (279) 0.93 cn 12 (305) 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 3.3.7 Table 6-Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in.diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in cracked concrete'2 Edge distance in shear Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness 1/4-in.KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge factor in shear" cracked concrete f AN 'RN f A„ f, f„ f H„ Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 hnom (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a d 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 0 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 n/a • 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a c 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 m '- 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 ▪ L 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 rn 2 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 la c 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.98 ..2 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 o, 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 f) 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 ca n 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f A,„assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Ay=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f45 assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then INV=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of section 3.3.6 to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hittl.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 331 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 7- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck''23,4,6,6,7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-pNn Shear-O,, Tension-(I)Nn Shear-4 Vn Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'e=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 545 595 610 610 670 730 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (2.7) (2.7) (3.0) (3.2) (2.7) (2.7) UNC 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 610 610 1,275 1,470 610 610 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (2.7) (2.7) (5.7) (6.5) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 545 595 915 915 670 730 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (4.1) (4.1) (3.0) (3.2) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 915 915 1,275 1,470 915 915 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (4.1) (4.1) (5.7) (6.5) (4.1) (4.1) Table 8- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck''2'3'4'56'7.8 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-4N, Shear-cVn Tension-4:1)N0 Shear-4:Vn Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'c=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f',=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-5/8 280 305 610 610 330 360 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (2.7) (2.7) (1.5) (1.6) (2.7) (2.7) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 610 610 635 735 610 610 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (2.7) (2.7) (2.8) (3.3) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 280 325 915 915 330 380 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (4.1) (4.1) (1.5) (1.7) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 915 915 635 735 915 915 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (4.1) (4.1) (2.8) (3.3) (4.1) (4.1) 1 See Section 3.1.9.4 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x hem(nominal embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular Values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by cr,„,$=0.75. 8 For seismic shear,an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-av5e1S=0.44 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-ay.:=0.85 See Section 3.1.8.6 for additional information on seismic applications. 332 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Figure 2-Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies T. Min.3/4" Min.3,000 psi sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete i i Upper flute (valley) • Min.4-1/2" Minimum (typical) 20 gauge I steel deck Min.4-1/2" _Anchor Flute edge Lower (typical flute Min.1-1/4"— -- -- Min.12"(typical) (ridge) 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied.Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute.The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. 3.3.7.3.2 Canadian Limit State design 3.3.7 Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027.These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resitance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document.All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D,refer to Section 3.1.8.Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at(800)363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 9-Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I H carbon steel screw anchort2 Nominal Internal anchor thread Tensile3 Shear' Shear4 diameter diameter Nsar Vsa Vsa,w in. (UNC) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1/4 1/4-20 3,370 750 335 (15.0) (3.3) (1.5) 1/4 3/8-16 3,370 725 620 (15.0) (3.2) (2.8) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile NI.,=Asa N cps f R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V ,<ASe„cps 0.6 f"ta R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with Ves,aq<A cps 0.6 fNe R as noted in CSA A23.3-14 Annex D.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 333 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 10-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I design information in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D' n Design parameter Symbol Units Nominal anchor diameter Ref 1/4 A23.3-14 Anchor O.D. da in. 1/4 (mm) (6.4) in. 1.18 1.92 Effective embedment2 her (mm) (30) (49) in. 1 5/8 2-1/2 Minimum nominal embedment2 h (mm) (41) (64) in. 3-1/4 4-1/8 Minimum concrete thickness hmin (mm) (83) (105) in. 2.00 2.78 Critical edge distance cac (mm) (51) (71) in. 1.5 Minimum spacing at critical edge distance Sen,cac (mm) (38) in. 1.50 Minimum edge distance Cmi„ (mm) (38) in. 3.0 Minimum anchor spacing at minimum edge distance for s> (mm) (76) Mininimum hole depth in concrete ho in. 2 2-7/8 (mm) (51) (73) psi 125,000 Minimum specified ultimate strength foto 2 (N/mm) (862) in2 0.045 Effective tensile stress area A..., (mm2) (29.0) Steel embed.material resistance factor for reinforcement 4)e - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension,steel failure modes3 R - 0.70 D.5.3 Resistance modification factor for shear,steel failure modes3 R - 0.65 D.5.3 lb 3,370 Factored steel resistance in tension Naa, N) (15.0) D.6.1.2 Factored steel resistance in shear V Ib 750 D.7.1.2 1/4-20 UNC nor (kN) (3.3) internal thread lb 335 Factored steel resistance in shear,seismic Vsafeq (kN) (1.5) Factored steel resistance in shear V Ib 725 D.7.1.2 3/8-16 UNCee (kN) (3.2) internal thread lb 620 Factored steel resistance in shear,seismic V.r•eQ (kN) (2.8) Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,uncracked concrete kc.unc. 10 D.6.2.2 Coeff.for factored conc.breakout resistance,cracked concrete kc or - 7 D.6.2.2 Modification factor for anchor resistance,tension,uncracked conc.4 lijo N - 1.0 D.6.2.6 Anchor category - - 3 1 D.5.3(c) Concrete material resistance factor (1)o - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear,concrete failure modes, R - 0.75 1.00 D.5.3(c) Condition BS lb 665 45 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concretes Npr.onor (kN) (3.0) (7.3) D.6.3.2 lb 340 85 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concretes Nc,or (kN) (1.5) (316) D.6.3.2 lb 275 815 Factored seismic pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concretesNc,aq (kN) (1.2) (3.6) D.6.3.2 1 Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027,dated December,2015,tables 2,3,and 4,and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 2 See figure 1 of this section. 3 The KWIK HUS-EZ I is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. 4 For all design cases,ac„,=1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete(k6 o,)or uncracked concrete(ko u, r)must be used. 5 For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided,or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified,the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. 6 For all design cases,Wc P=1.0. NA(not applicable)denotes that this value does not control for design.See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. 334 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 11 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure 1+1 in uncracked concrete'2'3,4,5 Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'.=20 MPa f'o=25 MPa to=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa f'o=20 MPa to=25 MPa to=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 1/4 (30) (41) (3.0) (3.2) (3.3) (3.6) (3.6) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) 1.92 2-1/2 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 (49) (64) (7.3) (8.2) (9.0) (10.3) (9.9) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) Table 12- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance with concrete/pullout failure I+1 in cracked concrete'Z3.4,s Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, anchor Effective Nominal f'o=20 MPa f'o=25 MPa f'o=30 MPa f'o=40 MPa to=20 MPa f'0=25 MPa f'c=30 MPa f'c=40 MPa diameter embed. embed. (2,900psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1.18 1-5/8 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 1/4 (30) (41) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) (2.8) (3.1) (3.5) 1.92 2-1/2 815 915 1,000 1,155 1,560 1,740 1,910 2,205 pi (49) (64) (3.6) (4.1) (4.4) (5.1) (6.9) (7.7) (8.5) (9.8) 3.3.7 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 to 6 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 9. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth-ONga;s=0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth-aN,sels=0.75 . See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 335 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor Table 13-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4'5'6'7 1+1 Nominal Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute internal Tension-Nr Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, Nominal thread Nominal anchor diameter embed. f'e=20 MPa to=30 MPa f', =20 MPa f'0=30 MPa f'e=20 MPa f'c=30 MPa f'e=20 MPa f'e=30 MPa diameter in. depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in.(mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 1/4-20 (41) (2.6) (2.9) 475 475 (3.2) (3.6) 560 560 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 1,200 1,470 (2.1) (2.1) 1,255 1,535 (2.5) (2.5) (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 1/4 3/8-16 UNC 2-1/21) (2.6) ( 7 (3.6)) 565 565 (3.2) 1 200 1,40 (2 5) (2.5) 1 255 1,535 (3.8) (3.8) (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) Table 14-Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck1'2'3'4,5,6,7,8 11 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Tension-N, Shear-V, Tension-N, Shear-V, Nominal internal Nominal anchor thread embed. f'e=20 MPa f', =30 MPa f', =20 MPa f'e=30 MPa f'c=20 MPa f'e=30 MPa lc=20 MPa f',=30 MPa diameter diameter depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. in.(mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 1/4-20 (41) (1.3) (1.5) 475 475 (1.6) (1.8) 560 560 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 595 730 (2.1) (2.1) 625 765 (2.5) (2.5) (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 3/8-16 1/4 UNC 2-1/2 595 (730 (2.5) (2.5) (1.6) (1.8) 625 765 (3.8) (3.8) (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute.Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h,,orn(nominal embedment). 4 Tabular value is for lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary.Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by a,,,,5ei5=0.75. 8 For the following anchor sizes,an additional factor for seismic shear must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: For the 1/4x1-5/8 anchor-a„..=0.45 For the 1/4x2-1/2 anchor-ay...=0.85 See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 3.3.7.3.3 Allowable stress design for FM sprinkler systems Table 15- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ)tested load values for FM approval for automatic sprinkler systems' FM maximum Nominal embedment FM tension test load pipe diameter Hanger rod size in. lb in. 1-5/8 3/8-16 UNC 1,475 4 2-1/2 1 Tested in accordance with FM Approval Standard for Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinklers Systems Class Numbers 1951,1952 and 1953. 336 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK HUS-EZ I (KH-EZ I) Carbon Steel Screw Anchor 3.3.7 Table 16- Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)allowable stress design values for installations into hollow core concrete panels1'2 Min.effective Allowable load3 Ultimate load embedment hay Hanger rod size in. Tension lb Shear Ib4.5 Tension lb Shear Ib4.5 1/4-20 UNC 485 1,930 1-3/8 455 755 1,810 3,025 3/8-16 UNC 1 The admissible anchor location must be established to prevent damage to the prestressed cable during the drilling process. Verify the location and height of the cable with the hollow core plank supplier to confirm admissible anchor location. 2 Minimum compressive strength of prestressed concrete is 7,000 psi.Published ultimate loads represent the average results conducted in local base materials. Due to variations in materials and dimension)configurations,on-site testing is required to determine the actual performance. 3 Allowable loads calculated with a factor of safety of 4 4 The bottom of the shear plane adjacent to the top of the coupler. 5 Shear values controlled by the steel strength of the screws used to fasten the shear fixture to the KH EZ-I Screw Anchor.The minimum tensile strength of the screw was 125 ksi.Shear design values should consider the screw or threaded rod steel strength. Figure 3- Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I(KH-EZ I)in hollow core concrete iJ 3.3.7 qs . Admissible anchor location III het — 1" 1" t 3.3.7.4 Installation instructions Installation Instructions For Use(IFU)are included with each product package.They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com. Because of the possibility of changes,always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance.Training is available on request.Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. 3.3.7.5 Ordering information' Internal thread Internal thread Hole Minimum Description diameter length diameter embedment Qty/box KH-EZ 1/4x1-5/811/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 1-5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4x2-1/2 1 1/4 1/4 3/8 1/4 2-1/2 100 KH-EZ 1/4x1-5/813/8 3/8 7/16 1/4 1-5/8 100 KH-EZ 1/4x2-1/213/8 3/8 7/16 1/4 2-1/2 100 1 All dimensions in inches. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hitti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hitti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 337 RODS & EYE RODS )! 1uvo4 Fig. 146 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 650) Continuous Threaded Rod Size Range:1/4"through 1 1/2"Stocked in six,ten,and twelve foot lengths.Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material:Carbon steel or Stainless Steel Gr 304 / / f MORN( Threads:National Coarse(USS), rod threaded complete length. (tt�f��(�(00 (0(0(1��(�I��( �t� {��c1(0IE" ''ff1(( Finish:Plain or El Zinc Plated(Hot-Dip Galvanized optional) Maximum Temperature:Zinc Plated 450°F,Stainless Steel 650° F Approvals:Complies with MSS SP-58. Ordering:Specify rod diameter and length,figure number, name and finish. Note:The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. FIG. 146: DIMENSIONS(IN)•LOADS(LBS)•WEIGHTS(LBS) Rod Size Threads Max Load Weight A per Inch 650° F per Ft. Length — 1/ 20 240 0.12 3/e 16 730 0.30 INSIMINSMINUMUSENSISISSIMEMM1 1/z 13 1,350 0.53 5/a 11 2,160 0.84 A 3/4 10 3,230 1.20 9 4,480 1.70 1 8 5,900 2.30 11/4 7 9,500 3.60 11/2 6 13,800 5.10 PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: 0 Approved Address: 0Approved as noted Contractor: ❑Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH-1.18 ••••••' COSCO •••••• Fire Protection 1 ire' Prom lion and I ile Solely Spet Firestopping COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free: 800-983-6383 MIImTI Product Information SMOKE ANP Ai tl JSTIC SERI Ar T C ' ' 506 <�, Applications Sealing construction joints and through-penetration openings in non fire-rated / acoustical assemblies and smoke partitions (not for use in fire-rated applications) 0 Advantages Easy to dispense, apply,and tool Excellent airborne sound insulation properties Low shrinkage after curing Easy cleaning with water Paintable Not for use In areas immersed in water On CPVC pipe On oil-based coatings(e.g., bituminous) Tested/evaluated in accordance with ASTM E 90 ASTM C 919 ASTM C 834 ASTM G 21 ASTM E 84 Installation instructions See Hilti literature or third-party listings for complete application and installation details Restricts smoke migration " ^ Excellent sound insulation : characteristics with application ,�f G. based testing in accordance with ASTM E 90. Technical Data Color white Chemical basis acrylic Storage and transport temperature range 40°F to 77°F(5°C to 25°C) Curing time approx.3 mm/3 days (73°F/50%relative humidity) Skin-forming time approx.15 min (73°F/50%relative humidity) Application temperature range 40°F to 104°F(5°C to 40°C) Shelf life 24 months from date of manufacture Sound transmission classification(ASTM E 90) STC 63(per tested construction type) Movement capability(ISO 11600) approx.12.5% Mold and mildew(ASTM G 21) mold resistant Surface burning characteristics(ASTM E Flame spread:10 84-08) Smoke development:10 Air leakage(Modified UL 2079 L-Rating) L-Rating at Ambient=Less than 1 CFM/Lin Ft. Hilti Firestop L-Rating at 400°F=Less than 1 CFM/Lin Ft. Saving lives 7' through innovation "s and education Hilti,Inc.(U.S.) Hilti(Canada)Corporation III ILET 1 1-800-879-8000 I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1-800-363-4458 © © Y® www.hilti.com www.hilti.ca Product information High-performance intumescent firestop { sealant FS-ONE MAX > . 0 ' - if „ Applications I f~ For effectively sealing most common through penetrations in a variety ; of base materials fir, • For use on concrete,masonry and drywall • Mixed and multiple penetrations ,rye /!!! IIMetal pipe penetrations:copper,steel and EMT / f ``.,,� III Insulated metal pipe penetrations:steel and copper - _ ■ Plastic pipe penetrations:closed or vented t7,, ,-;„; ". ( Advantages .. I y • US-produced:"Buy American"compliant 4'a ;g 1 `' • One product for a variety of common through penetrations ~' 1 ' t • Cost-effective,easy-to-use solution • Water-based and paintable Technical data IN Industry-leading VOC results Chemical basis Water-based acrylic dispersion • Ethylene glycol-free Approx.Density 84.3 lb/ft, Color Red FBCApplication temperature range 41-104°F SYSTEM COMPATIBLE Approx.cure time', 4 mm/3 days rated Temperature resistance range -4 to 212°F SYYMIM YYIiIY Chemical Mold and mildew Mold and mildew performance Class 0(ASTM G21-96) resistant resistant Mold and mildew resistance Yes 0111>p `PSSIF'oFORI USIINDTHHROUGHPENETRATION Surface burning characteristicsFlame spread:0 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS UL 723(ASTM E84) Smoke development:10 US vnovEo US SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY Tested in accordance with UL 1479,ASTM E814,ASTM E84, 66v7 CAN/ULC-S115,ASTM G21,ASTM E90 Intertek California State fire marshal approval CSFM Listing 4485-1200:0108 for FS-ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant Expansion ratio(unrestricted,up to) 1:5 ',at 75°F/24°C,50%relative humidity mi®��i t Y 5 t...m.„„:„. i• • Order Designation Package Content Item number FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil(3 case+disp) lx Foil pack dispenser manual CS 270-P1,75x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530252 FS-ONE MAX 10oz tube(1 case) 12x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 10 oz cartridge 3530249 FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon(18 pails) 18x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon pail 3530263 FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil(1 case) 25x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530250 FS-ONE MAX 20oz foil(3 cases) 75x Firestop sealant FS-ONE MAX 20 oz foil 3530251 FS-ONE MAX 20oz Foil-Pallet 600x FSONE-MAX 20 oz foil,290x Bulk Shipping Condition 3534713 FS-ONE MAX 10 oz cartridge 2101531 N m FS-ONE MAX 5 gallon pail 2101533 co N Hilti. Outperform. Outlast. 0 © s Hilti,Inc.(USA)1-800-879-8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca COSCO Fire Protection l he Trott,riot! uto t iic sre,:tili;r, Supervisory COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 VSR P POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ® The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL,CUL and CSFM Listed,FM Approved,LPCBApproved,For CE Marked(EN12259-5)/VdS Approved model use VSR-EU .. Service Pressure: 450 PSI(31 BAR)-UL ---_ .. Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM(15-38 LPM)-UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS(5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT(Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive } 10 mAmps min.at 24VDC L g Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2"conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F-120°F,(4.5°C-49°C)-UL • Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 Specifications subject to change without notice. One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Ordering Information Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 2" DN50 VSR-2 1144402 Q wA R N I N G 2 1/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. 3 1/2" - VSR-3 1/2 1144435 • Shock hazard.Disconnect power source before servicing.Serious 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion.Not for use in hazardous locations.Serious 5" - VSR-5 1144405 injury or death could result. 6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 CAUTION Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit,stock no.0090148 Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall Replaceable Components:Retard/Switch Assembly,stock no. 1029030 not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air,or short retard times. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR waterflow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. General Information Enclosure The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, systems.It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe;schedules 5 through 40, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant sizes 2"-6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable schedules 10 through 40,sizes 2"thru 8"(50 mm thru 200 mm).LPC cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number Information chart. 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems.The VSR contains two single pole,double throw,snap action switches and an adjustable,instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV M PAGE 1 OF 4 11/15 P P )TTER VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ® The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm)of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm)of a valve or drain. NOTE:Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow.Take care not to damage the non-corrosive bushing in the saddle.The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1).The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. A CAUTION Do not trim the paddle.Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty.Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm.If an alarm is not desired,a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. Fig.1 Retard Adjustment DO NOTLEAVE COVER OFFFORE �/ r ANEXTF.NDEDPERIODOFT/MF The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from l) �� _ >I 0 to the max setting(60-90 seconds).The time delay should be set at .._r.-;:Al, l••'\, r requiredprevent,� �•�. the minimum to false alarms •/1 ' TIGHTEN NUTS /`1�� ?*-1' il I a\\, f a I ,I r 11t, ALTERNATELY �J--4)-'6 "--=1:-r - / CAUTI O N J:I/. I CD ':/ Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered. 1*011111iiik Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect o MOUNT ON PIPE SO I ARROW ON SADDLE E\I �- ÷c) Y POINTS IN DIRECTION - { ' .00OF WATERFLOW f�' \�\J// .„,__L I ...................i. Os=1i1 mponw IROLL PADDLE IN 50mm I OPPOSITE DIRECTION ADAPTER'\ ��ADAPTER DIRECTION OF OF WATERFLOW \�\� //// WATERFLOW \\ \ � (Flowing water activates 20mm.2mm MAX. ` device in one direction only) DN50 ONLY .JUSE(2)5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DWG B46-II DWG.11461F Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Nominal Pipe Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Size O.D. Lightwall Schedule 10(UL) Schedule 40(UL) BS-1387(LPC) DN(VDS) Torque inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25+.125/- VSR-2 1/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - - 33.0+2.0 .062 VSR-2 1/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 VSR-3 1/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 - - 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - - 20 27 VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 2.00+.125 50.8+2.0 VSR-5 5 - 5.563 141.3 - - 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - - VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 8.625 219.1 - - 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 6.3 0.177 4.5 NOTE:For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV M PAGE 2 OF 4 11/15 VSR POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig.2 Fig.3 Fig.4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping To remove knockouts:Place screwdriver at Break out thin section of cover when Plate Terminal inside edge of knockouts,not in the center. wiring both switches from one conduit ill entrance. NIS . lir el r oil // =. 0, I60iNG /��,� *e 00 DWG.# 6-16 AWNING _��'/r II\� ��, ��II, .0.1t— around oft. An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped J -4iAll a around the terminal and serve as twoseparate connections. The t�l!W'�: wire must be severed,thereby providing supervision of the �` _�� 1, connection in the event that the wire become dislod ed from under NOTICE ��V/ the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device Do not drill into the base as this creates �`��o DWG 1146-13 inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. metal shavings which can create I Do not strip wire beyond 3/8"of length or expose an uninsulated electrical hazards and damage the . conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block.When using device.Drilling voids the warranty. stranded wire,capture all strands under the clamping plate. CONNECTOR Fig.5 Typical Electrical Connections NEUTRAL FROM BELL BREAKER NEUTRAL FROM BELL , =q r BREAKER 6071,1 ) v r>•: Notes: LINE FROM BREAKER _ EOL(End Of Line Resistor) 1. The Model VSR has two switches,one can be used to operate a central station,proprietary or remote signaling unit,while the other contact _ _I;I is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. For supervised circuits,see"Switch Terminal Connections" III"IJ 1� "I 19 drawing and warning note(Fig.4). ups NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel,use the panel's resistorvalue for circuit supervision. 7 Pe F11 �IZ• ,)r� 1�� L _�=. Y l 14. Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided,the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes.If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system,application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM(38 LPM)is required to activate this device. NOTICE Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig.6 Mounting Dimensions la -..- 5.56 in Fig.7 3.50 in (141.2 mm) g 2.00 in (89.0 mm)+ (50.8 mm)�__ GREEN GROUND ".--, SCREWS 2.34 in A (59.4 m')I■II I ir,i��'It��,I.....1,� '. U-BOLT NUT 4 1• 1111 PI E DIA. 1�I�.1.1.r�% +5.25 in -� - _ _ U-BOLT WASHER on'_`■m (+133.4 mm) �-r♦ �•��• Winn PIPE SADDLE '� 1' wan i. I --�- 1 10 PIPE r .7i jfilimse PLASTIC PADDLE , 1MIDWG.„aau , ;�. i�j I ill. r U-BOLTgaIIIIIIIMIII NOMINAL PIPE DIA.+1.75 in(+44.5 MM)FOR DN 50-DN 65 2-2.5 in 01°°lii i i li ii 01°i1 NOMINAL PIPE DIA.+2.125 in(+54.0 MM)FOR DN 80-DN 200 3-8 in0 DWG 714675 PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401146-REV M PAGE 3 OF 4 -- 11/15 (Pj POTTER VANE TYPE VSR The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble-free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable.In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly,please order replacement retard switch assembly stock#1029030(see Fig.8).There is no maintenance required,only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement(See Fig.8) NOTICE The Retard/Switch Assembly is field-replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell(if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the(2)mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base.Do not remove the(2)retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly.Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re-install the(2)original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires.Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Fig.8 REMOVE(2)ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE I - BREAKOUTTHINSECTIONOFCOVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2)ORIGINAL MOUNTING CREWS RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY 1111111111111;- ��■• il 11 win'. 111 VILT t I !I (2)LOCATING PINS/ I II 17 . (2)LOCATING PIN DO NOT REMOVE I > BOSSES IN BASE\ ' (2)RETARD HOUSING I ■/I� SCREWS I• 1111. '` • \'-‘.2111 o , 1,, BAs „ I iii 1 r. ©IN ,�, DWG#1146-10 Removal of Waterfow Switch • To prevent accidental water damage,all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector,then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers,roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5401I46-REV M PAGE 4 OF 4 11/15 POTTER BELLS 8 The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC amoi UL,ULC,and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6"(150mm),8"(200mm)and 10"(250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC(10.2 to 15.6)Polarized 24VDC(20.4 to 31.2)Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use(See Note 1) -40°to 150°F(-40°to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells-4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires ® ® ® DC Bells-Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire,burglar or general Notes: signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure ratings.The unit mounts on a standard 4"(101mm)square electrical box measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 Standard 464. UL temperature range is-30°to 150°F(-34°to 66°C). deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a backbox model BBK-1,Stock No. 1500001. conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches Voltage Model Stock Current Typical dB at Minimum dB at (mm) Number Number (Max.) 10 ft.(3m)(2) 10 ft.(3m)(1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA126 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA128 1750080 .12A 90 77 10(250) 12VDC MBA1210 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA246 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA248 1750110 .06A 91 79 10(250) 24VDC MBA2410 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10(250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 dookivisaloatat 10(250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. *Does not have ULC listing. A`AIA RwtING In outdoor or wet installations,bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox,BBK-1 or BBX-1.Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure.If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture,it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company,LLC•2081 Craig Road,St.Louis,MO,63146-4161•Phone:800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833•www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400776-REV Y PAGE I OF 2 �__ 5/08 1 P POTTER BELLS ® The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches(mm) Wiring(rear view) Fig. 1 Fig.3 A.C.BELLS [ ]) 10„ WHITE(IN) WHITE(OUT) (250) -J - 8 FROM CONTROL rei, (200) 6,• PANEL OR -'pI (150) PRECEDING BELL BLACK(OUT) \ CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWTJ. 2 11/16•' F._ (68) DWG#776-1 NOTES: I.WHEN USING AC BELLS,TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2.END-OF-LINE RESISTOR(S NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS. DWG#7763 • Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches(mm) Fig.2 FACP Box has one threaded 1/2"conduit entrance I , } i+ 3/4" 0 II 5 _ IL 3 3/8" s J,IIITo Next (86) (127) _ - __ Device or End-of-Line _j Resistor lan 3 3/8" I 1 5/8" F.._ (06) (41) i- 41/4•" _I._ (108) Installation DWO#7762 1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13,72,or local AHJ.The top of the device shall be no less than 90"AFF and I not less than 6"below the ceiling. _ : 2. Remove the gong. wiring ° 3. Connect (see Fig. 3). a- D / 4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox(bell mechanism-must be - - mounted with the striker pointing down). 0IV 5. Reinstall the gong(be sure that the gong positioning pin,in the mechanism housing,is in the hole in the gong). o 6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can 5�� BBX-1 ti` be heard where required(bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). AWARNING Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400776-REV Y PAGE 2 OF 2 5/08 :..... Iosco Fire Protection Fire Protection and I ife Safety Specialists Miscellaneous COSCO Fire Protection Inc. 2501 SE Columbia Way, Suite 100 Vancouver,WA 98661 Phone:360-883-6383 Fax: 360-883-6390 Toll Free:800-983-6383 Vico Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com Fire Protection Contacts Products Sprinkler Cabinets 3, 6, & 12 Sprinklers, 1/2 or 3/4 Inch NPT 6 ESFR Sprinklers, 3/4 or 1 Inch NPT General Technical Description Data TYCO Sprinkler Cabinets are con- Material structed of metal enclosures with Carbon Steel -- hinged covers designed to provide Weights on-site storage of an emergency supply 3 Sprinkler Cabinet 1.5 Lbs.(0,68 kg) titiVAINg of sprinklers and a sprinkler wrench. 6 Sprinkler Cabinet 2.3 Lbs.(1,04 kg) 12 Sprinkler Cabinet 4.0 Lbs.(1,81 kg) NFPA 13 requires a representative 6 ESFR Sprinkler Cabinet 3.3 Lbs.(1,36 kg) number of each type of sprinkler used in a sprinkler system to be stored in a cabinet on-site to allow for immediate removal and replacement of sprinklers that may have operated or become damaged. Sprinkler Cabinets are manufactured of heavy gauge steel with knock-outs to accommodate NPT threaded sprin- klers and are painted an attractive red enamel. NOTICE The Sprinkler Cabinets described herein must be installed and main- tained in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association,in addition to the stan- dards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Page 1 of 4 FEBRUARY 2017 TFP785 TFP785 Page 2 of 4 REMOVE KNOCKOUTS HOLES ACCOMMODATE TO ACCOMMODATE 1/2" NPT SPRINKLERS 3/4" NPT SPRINKLERS I HINGES _.w. OO 1-5/16" 5-1/4" R (33,3 mm) (133,4 mm) 7-1/4" 1-1I/4" DOOR SWING r (184,2 mm) (31,8 mm) 5" 1-1/8" / / (127,0 mm) (28,6 mm) / , 3-1/4" _ 2" _ 2-5/8" 1-3/16" / 2-9/16" (98,4 mm) (50,8 mm)y (66,7 mm) (30,2 mm) 1 - / (65,1 mm) 6"(150 mm) Li' 1 t MINIMUM / HOLES FOR CLEARANCE 3/16"(5 mm)- • I 0 5„ SCREWS 1" (127,0 mm) � 1-3/4" (25,4 mm) ----- ---- (44,5 l (44,5 mm) ,�_ 1 _ SLOTS FOR DOOR SPRINKLER1"(25,4 mm) WRENCH AND HINGES SHELF STRAP HANGER SHELF NOT SHOWN FIGURE 1 3 SPRINKLER CABINET REMOVE KNOCKOUTS HOLES ACCOMMODATE TO ACCOMMODATE 1/2" NPT SPRINKLERS 3/4" NPT SPRINKLERS 1 ik ,, ( O HINGES - , ' _,_I :,�) `?i '� + 1-5/16" 5-1/4" R 1 (33,3 mm) (133,4 mm) 14-1/16" 1-1/4" DOOR SWING (357,2 mm) (31,8 mm) 10-13/16" 1-5/8" i 1 r (274,6 mm) F(41,3 mm) /, 6"(150 mm) 2" 6" 1-3/16" 2-9/16" 3-1/4" (50,8 mm) (152,4 mm)y (30,2 mm) MINIMUM // (65,1 mm) (98,4 mm) CLEARANCE / , o / / 11 1 1-3/4" - -- - (25,4' (127,0 mm) (44,5 mm) ,� HOLES FOR SLOTS FOR DOOR 3/16"(5 mm) SPRINKLER 1"(25,4 mm) WRENCH AND HINGES SCREWS SHELF STRAP HANGER SHELF NOT SHOWN FIGURE 2 6 SPRINKLER CABINET TFP785 Page 3 of 4 REMOVE KNOCKOUTS HOLES ACCOMMODATE TO ACCOMMODATE 1/2"NPT SPRINKLERS 3/4" NPT SPRINKLERS t ;� 0 0 L1-1/2" HINGES `I% ':,,) &. / \`) 0 Q i (38,1 mm) I 1 _ 1-1/2" 5-1/4" R (38,1 mm) (133,4 mm) 14-1/16" 1-1/8" DOOR SWING - (357,2 mm) (28,6 mm) _ 10-13/16" 1-5/8" (274,6 mm) (41,3 mm) 2" y 6" 1-3/16" 6"(150 mm) 4-1/8" 3-1/4" (50,8 mm) (152,4 mm) (30,2 mm) MINIMUM // –(104,8 mm) (98,4 mm) CLEARANCE // 0 If 5" 1" (127,0 mm) 1-3/4" ,�� (25,4 mm) - + (44,5 mm) HOLES FOR SPRINKLER SLOTS FOR WRENCH DOOR 3/16"(5 mm) SHELF 1"(25,4 mm) SHELF AND HINGES SCREWS STRAP HANGER NOT SHOWN FIGURE 3 12 SPRINKLER CABINET REMOVE KNOCKOUTS HOLES ACCOMMODATE TO ACCOMMODATE 3/4" NPT SPRINKLERS 1"NPT SPRINKLERS l 1 1 )) :� -,-2') 6-7/16"R HINGES I \-n , O O t_ 1-9/16" 63 5 mm) (39,7 mm) 1 DOOR SWING 14-1/16" _ 1-9/16" ----- (357,2 mm) (39,7 mm) // 10-13/16" 1-5/8" / (274,6 mm) - (41,3 mm) 2" 6" 1-3/16" 7"(180 mm) / 3-1/8" (50,8 mm)y (152,4 mm)y (30,2 mm) MINIMUM /, (79,4 mm) CLEARANCE ,� 3-13/16" p I 1 (96,8 mm) 1" 6 3/16" (25,4 mm) (157,2 mm) " 2-3/8 (60,3/8" �1 A HOLES FOR SPRINKLER SLOTS FOR WRENCH DOOR 3/16"(5 mm) SHELF 1"(25,4 mm) SHELF AND HINGES SCREWS STRAP HANGER NOT SHOWN FIGURE 4 6 ESFR SPRINKLER CABINET TFP785 Page 4 of 4 Care and Limited Maintenance Warranty The Sprinkler Cabinet, wrench, and For warranty terms and conditions, stock of spare sprinklers should be visit www.tyco-fire.com. inspected at least quarterly. The fol- lowing items should be checked: Ordering •The Sprinkler Cabinet should be readily accessible, and not exposed Procedure r� to a corrosive atmosphere or temper- atures in excess of 100°F(38°C). Contact your local distributor for avail- 4 4P--10ability.When placing an order,indicate ��I;,ryi •The stock of spare sprinklers should the full product name and part number �� IIII include an adequate number of each (P/N). type and temperature rating. •The stock of sprinklers must be in Sprinkler Cabinet good condition. Specify: (Description), P/N(specify): lite 3 Sprinkler Cabinet 1177 11 N: 44 •A sprinkler wrench of the appropriate 6 Sprinkler Cabinet 1119 FIGURE 5 type must be included in the Sprin- 12 Sprinkler Cabinet 1124 SPRINKLER CABINET kler Cabinet. 6 ESFR Sprinkler Cabinet 1111 TYPICAL APPLICATION (Sprinklers and Tools Not Included) Installation Sprinkler Cabinets are designed with two 3/16 Inch (4,7 mm)diameter holes for wall mounting or direct attachment to the system riser with a strap-type hanger. The Sprinkler Cabinet should be installed at or near the system control valve and must be stocked with an adequate supply of spare sprinklers and a sprinkler wrench. The stock of spare sprinklers should include sprinklers of each type and temperature rating as are installed in the sprinkler system, in the following quantities: The 3, 6, and 12 Sprinkler Cabinets are designed to accept both 1/2 & 3/4 Inch NPT threaded sprinklers, whereas the 6 ESFR Sprinkler Cabi- Sprinklers In Spare Sprinklers System Required Under 300 6 300-1000 12 Over 1000 24 nets are designed to accept both 3/4 & 1 Inch NPT threaded sprinklers. As necessary, insert a screwdriver blade from the front top of the shelf and under the near bottom part of the knockout annular ring. Press the screwdriver handle down to remove the knockout ring. GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2017 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. Vico Fire Protection Products Identification Signs , F P P I® Description Manufactured from .020" white coated aluminum.All sign types are screen printed with a fade resistant red ink. Each sign is shipped with a clear protective plastic coating which can be re- moved at time of installation. Each sign type meets or exceeds NFPA13 requirements. All I signs (except 7" round) are drilled in four corners to allow for easy installation. All signs (except _-/ 7" round) may be installed with sign chain or with any fastener that is suitable for the material ..,.,,,,""'S'.111111. R�N that the sign is being attached. The 7" round bell signs are center drilled to allow for installation 'II"that to the bell gong assembly. Type "A" 9"x 7" Control valve signs are drilled with the same saws ;4qR� four hole pattern as Type "B" 6" x 2" signs to allow for attachment of Type "B"to Type "A". 7 q� M iv OF,g Installation Specifications Installation of aluminum signs is accomplished by several methods. The most common installation procedure is to use#16 Single Jack chain to hang the Material: .020"aluminum with sign on the area being identified. Since all of the above mentioned signs are removable plastic coating predrilled at all four corners, the last link of the chain can be opened and hooked through the topholes on the signs and hungon theappropriate valve orpiping. Sizes: 96"x 2" The signs may also be fastened to a flat surface with fasteners appropriate to 4"x 6" the base material. (The 9" x 7" Fire Alarm Bell sign must be drilled with a 3/8" hole 5"x 7" if it is to be attached directly to the bell gong.) 1 x 7" 12"x10" 8.5"x 11" 7" Round See current catalog for a full listing of all available signs. _ 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CARLSBAD,7 TEL 60 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 FAX+1 800 344-3775 ©2012 Fire Protection Products,Inc. Identification Sign Decals ik F P P I® Description Identification decals are designed to decals are designed to provide identification to the installed sprinkler pipe. This allows the building owner, building maintenance department or any other interested party know which pipes service the fire 411/0 sprinkler system. This becomes increasing important as mechanical systems . become more sophisticated and become harder to identify as more and more FESP IJNE / SPIVisaffi similar piping materials are used in multiple uses. Installation Specifications Make sure the surface of the pipe is free from all contaminates such as oil, rust, scale dirt etc. Peel the label away from its' backing material. Position the label Materia Paper label: with UV on the cleaned surface so that it is readily visible making sure that the directional protective coating arrow points in the direction of the flow of water. Make sure the label is firmly pressed into place. Quantity: 100 labels per roll Description: Auxiliary Drain 6"x2" Control Valve 6"x2" Directional Arrow 6"x2" Do Not Hang 21/4" Round Fire Sprinkler Line 6"x2" Fire Sprinkle Riser Room 6"x18" General Information 9"x7" Hydraulic System 5"x7"* Inspectors Test 6"x2" Main Drain 6"x2" Multi-Use System Warning 5"x7" *Also available in foil decal. 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE CAD, CA 92010 TER+1760 599-1168 +1 800 344-1822 ® FAX+1 800 344-3775 ©2012 Fire Protection Products,Inc.